Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 299

ZXCTN 9004 Product

Introduction
Training Manual

Publishing Date (MONTH/DATE/YEAR) : 2013–01–15


This page is intentionally blank.
Contents

ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction................................ 1


1 System Overview....................................................... 2
1.1 ZTE PTN Products Family ........................................................ 2
1.2 ZXCTN 9004 Overview ........................................................... 3
1.3 System Applications............................................................... 5
2 Service Functions ...................................................... 7
2.1 Service Processing Models ...................................................... 7
2.1.1 MPLS-TP Service Processing Model................................... 7
2.1.2 MPLS Service Processing Model ....................................... 8
2.2 Service Access Types ............................................................10
2.2.1 Ethernet Services .........................................................10
2.2.2 ATM Service ................................................................14
2.2.3 TDM Service ...............................................................17
2.3 Service Processing Capability .................................................20
2.4 Service Interface Types .........................................................21
3 Hardware Structure................................................. 23
3.1 Cabinet Configuration............................................................23
3.2 Subrack Structure ................................................................25
3.3 Board Slots in Subrack ..........................................................26
3.4 System Components .............................................................27
4 Software Structure .................................................. 29
4.1 NM Software ........................................................................29
4.2 System Software Structure ....................................................30
4.2.1 Structure of Main Control Software .................................31
4.2.2 Card Software .............................................................32
4.3 Communication Protocols and Interfaces..................................33
5 Cabinet.................................................................... 35
5.1 Cabinet Structure .................................................................35
5.2 Basic Fittings in Cabinet ........................................................37
5.3 Cabinet Configuration............................................................39
5.4 Power Distribution Box ..........................................................40
6 Subrack ................................................................... 45
6.1 Subrack Structure ................................................................45
6.2 Fan Plug-in Box ....................................................................46
6.3 Board Slots in Subrack ..........................................................47
7 Board Overview ....................................................... 49
7.1 Board Structure....................................................................49
7.2 Board Type .........................................................................50
7.3 Board Naming List ................................................................50
7.4 Board Slot List .....................................................................51
8 Main Control Boards ................................................ 55
8.1 P9004-MSCT ........................................................................55
8.1.1 Board Functions of P9004-MSCT Board............................55
8.1.2 Operating Principle of P9004-MSCT Board ........................55
8.1.3 Front Panel of P9004-MSCT Board ..................................57
8.1.4 Indicators of P9004-MSCT Board ....................................59
8.1.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of P9004-MSCT
Board ............................................................................................60
8.2 P9004-MSC..........................................................................63
8.2.1 Functions of P9004–MSC Board ......................................63
8.2.2 Operating Principle of P9004–MSC Board .........................63
8.2.3 Front Panel of P9004–MSC Board....................................65
8.2.4 Indicators of P9004–MSC Board ....................................66
8.2.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of P9004–MSC
Board ............................................................................................67
9 Service Boards ........................................................ 71
9.1 P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP....................................................71
9.1.1 Functions of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP Board ................71
9.1.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP
Board ............................................................................................72
9.1.3 Front Panel of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP Board .............74
9.1.4 Indicators of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP Board ...............75
9.1.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP Board ....................................................75
9.2 P90S1-2XGET/4XGET-XFP......................................................78
9.2.1 Functions of P90S1-2XGET-XFP Board and
P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board .................................................................78
9.2.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-2XGET-XFP Board and
P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board ..................................................................79
9.2.3 Front Panel of P90S1-2XGET-XFP Board and
P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board .................................................................81
9.2.4 Indicators of P90S1-2XGET-XFP Board and
P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board ..................................................................83
9.2.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90S1-2XGET-XFP Board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board ........................83
9.3 P90S1-2XGE-XFP..................................................................86
9.3.1 Functions of P90S1-2XGE-XFP Board...............................86
9.3.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-2XGE-XFP Board..................87
9.3.3 Front Panel of P90S1-2XGE-XFP Board ............................88
9.3.4 Indicators of P90S1-2XGE-XFP Board ..............................89
9.3.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90S1-2XGE-XFP Board....................................................................89
9.4 P90S1-4XGE-XFP..................................................................92
9.4.1 Functions of P90S1-4GE-XFP Board ................................92
9.4.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-4XGE-XFP Board..................93
9.4.3 Front Panel of P90S1-4XGE-XFP Board ............................94
9.4.4 Indicators of P90S1-4XGE-XFP Board ..............................95
9.4.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90S1-4XGE-XFP Board ...................................................................95
9.5 P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP .....................................................98
9.5.1 Functions of P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP Board ..................98
9.5.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP
Board ............................................................................................99
9.5.3 Front Panel of P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP Board.............. 100
9.5.4 Indicators of P90S1–24GE2XGE-SFPXFP Board ............... 101
9.5.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP Board ..................................................... 102
9.6 P90S1-24GE-RJ.................................................................. 105
9.6.1 Functions of P90S1-24GE-RJ Board............................... 105
9.6.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-24GE-RJ Board.................. 106
9.6.3 Front Panel of P90S1-24GE-RJ Board ............................ 107
9.6.4 Indicators of P90S1–24GE-RJ Board.............................. 108
9.6.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90S1-24GE-RJ Board.................................................................... 108
9.7 P90S1-24GE-SFP ................................................................ 111
9.7.1 Functions of P90S1-24GE-SFP Board............................. 111
9.7.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-24GE-SFP Board ............... 111
9.7.3 Front Panel of P90S1-24GE-SFP Board .......................... 113
9.7.4 Indicators of P90S1–24GE-SFP Board............................ 114
9.7.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90S1-24GE-SFP Board.................................................................. 114
9.8 P90S1-48GE-RJ.................................................................. 117
9.8.1 Functions of P90S1-48GE-RJ Board............................... 117
9.8.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-48GE-RJ Board.................. 117
9.8.3 Front Panel of P90S1-48GE-RJ Board ........................... 119
9.8.4 Indicators of P90S1–48GE-RJ Board.............................. 120
9.8.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90S1-48GE-RJ Board.................................................................... 120
9.9 P90S1-48GE-SFP ................................................................ 123
9.9.1 Functions of P90S1-48GE-SFP Board............................. 123
9.9.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-48GE-SFP Board ................ 123
9.9.3 Front Panel of P90S1-48GE-SFP Board .......................... 125
9.9.4 Indicators of P90S1–48GE-SFP Board............................ 126
9.9.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90S1-48GE-SFP Board ................................................................. 126
10 Interface Board ....................................................131
10.1 P90-1XGET-SFP ................................................................ 131
10.1.1 Functions of P90-1XGET-XFP Board ............................ 131
10.1.2 Operating Principle of P90-1XGET-XFP Board ............... 132
10.1.3 Front Panel of P90-1XGET-XFP Board ......................... 133
10.1.4 Indicators of P90-1XGET-XFP Board ........................... 134
10.1.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-1XGET-XFP Board ................................................................... 135
10.2 P90-8GET-RJ.................................................................... 138
10.2.1 Functions of P90-8GET-RJ Board ................................ 138
10.2.2 Operating Principle of P90-8GET-RJ Board ................... 138
10.2.3 Front Panel of P90-8GET-RJ Board ............................. 140
10.2.4 Indicators of P90-8GET-RJ Board ............................... 140
10.2.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-8GET-RJ Board ...................................................................... 141
10.3 P90-8GET-SFP.................................................................. 143
10.3.1 Functions of P90-8GET-SFP Board .............................. 143
10.3.2 Operating Principle of P90-8GET-SFP Board ................. 144
10.3.3 Front Panel of P90-8GET-SFP Board ........................... 145
10.3.4 Indicators of P90-8GET-SFP Board ............................. 146
10.3.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-8GET-SFP Board .................................................................... 147
10.4 P90-8GE-RJ ..................................................................... 149
10.4.1 Functions of P90-8GE-RJ Board ................................. 149
10.4.2 Operating Principle of P90-8GE-RJ Board ..................... 150
10.4.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE-RJ Board ............................... 151
10.4.4 Indicators of P90-8GE-RJ Board.................................. 152
10.4.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of P90-8GE-RJ
Board .......................................................................................... 152
10.5 P90-8GE-SFP ................................................................... 155
10.5.1 Functions of P90-8GE-SFP Board ................................ 155
10.5.2 Operating Principle of P90-8GE-SFP Board ................... 155
10.5.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE-SFP Board .............................. 156
10.5.4 Indicators of P90-8GE-SFP Board................................ 157
10.5.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-8GE-SFP Board ...................................................................... 158
10.6 P90-24E1-CX ................................................................... 160
10.6.1 P90-24E1-CX ........................................................... 160
10.6.2 Operating Principle of P90-24E1-CX Board .................. 163
10.6.3 Front Panel of P90-24E1-CX Board ............................. 164
10.6.4 Indicators of P90-24E1-CX Board................................ 165
10.6.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-24E1-CX Board ...................................................................... 165
10.7 P90-24E1-TX.................................................................... 168
10.7.1 P90-24E1-TX ........................................................... 168
10.7.2 Operating Principle of P90-24E1-TX Board ................... 170
10.7.3 Front Panel of P90-24E1-TX Board .............................. 172
10.7.4 Indicators of P90-24E1-TX Board ............................... 172
10.7.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-24E1-TX Board ...................................................................... 173
10.8 P90-24T1-TX.................................................................... 175
10.8.1 Functions of P90-24T1-TX Board ................................ 175
10.8.2 Operating Principle of P90-24T1-TX Board ................... 175
10.8.3 Front Panel of P90-24T1-TX Board .............................. 177
10.8.4 Indicators of P90-24T1-TX Board ................................ 178
10.8.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-24T1-TX Board ....................................................................... 178
10.9 P90-4OC3-SFP ................................................................. 180
10.9.1 Functions of P90-4OC3-SFP Board .............................. 180
10.9.2 Operating Principle of P90-4OC3-SFP Board ................. 180
10.9.3 Front Panel of P90-4OC3-SFP Board ........................... 182
10.9.4 Indicators of P90-4OC3-SFP Board ............................. 182
10.9.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-4OC3-SFP Board ..................................................................... 183
10.10 P90-4COC3-SFP .............................................................. 184
10.10.1 Functions of P90-4COC3-SFP Board .......................... 184
10.10.2 Operating Principle of P90-4COC3-SFP Board ............. 184
10.10.3 Front Panel of P90-4COC3-SFP Board ....................... 186
10.10.4 Indicators of P90-4COC3-SFP Board .......................... 186
10.10.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-4COC3-SFP Board .................................................................. 187
10.11 P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP ...................................................... 188
10.11.1 Functions of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP Board .................. 188
10.11.2 Operating Principle of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP Board
.................................................................................................. 188
10.11.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP Board ............... 189
10.11.4 Indicators of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP Board ................. 190
10.11.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP Board .......................................................... 191
10.12 P90-8GE4A3-SFP ............................................................ 196
10.12.1 Functions of P90-8GE4A3-SFP Board ........................ 196
10.12.2 Operating Principle of P90-8GE4A3-SFP Board ........... 196
10.12.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE4A3-SFP Board ...................... 198
10.12.4 Indicators of P90-8GE4A3-SFP Board ........................ 199
10.12.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-8GE4A3-SFP Board ................................................................. 200
10.13 P90-8GE4COC3-SFP ........................................................ 204
10.13.1 Functions of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP Board .................... 204
10.13.2 Operating Principle of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP Board
.................................................................................................. 205
10.13.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP Board .................. 207
10.13.4 Indicators of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP Board .................... 208
10.13.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of
P90-8GE4COC3-SFP Board ............................................................. 208
11 Motherboards .......................................................215
11.1 P90S1-LCPA ..................................................................... 215
11.1.1 Functions of P90S1-LPCA Board ................................. 215
11.1.2 Operating Principle of P90S1-LPCA Board .................... 215
11.1.3 Front Panel of P90S1-LPCA Board ............................... 216
11.1.4 Indicators of P90S1-LPCA Board ................................ 217
11.1.5 Alarm, Performance and Event Messages of P90S1-LPCA
Board ......................................................................................... 217
12 Power Modules .....................................................219
12.1 PM-DC2UB ....................................................................... 219
12.1.1 Functions of PM-DC2UB Module .................................. 219
12.1.2 Operating Principle of PM-DC2UB Module ..................... 219
12.1.3 Structure Description of PM-DC2UB Module ................. 220
12.1.4 Indicators of PW-DC2UB Module ................................. 221
12.1.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of PM-DC2UB
Module......................................................................................... 221
12.2 PM-AC2U ......................................................................... 221
12.2.1 Functions of PM-AC2U Module .................................... 221
12.2.2 Operating Principle of PM-AC2U Module ....................... 222
12.2.3 Structure Description of PM-AC2U Module .................... 223
12.2.4 Indicators of PW-AC2U Module ................................... 224
12.2.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of PM-AC2U
Module......................................................................................... 224
13 M9004-FAN ..........................................................225
13.1 Functions of MP9004–FAN Module ....................................... 225
13.2 Operating Principle of FAN Module ...................................... 225
13.3 Front Panel of FAN Subrack ............................................... 226
13.4 Indicators of M9004–FAN Module ....................................... 228
13.5 Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of MP9004–FAN
Module......................................................................................... 228
14 Service Performances...........................................229
14.1 Ethernet Performance........................................................ 229
14.2 Routing Performance ......................................................... 231
14.3 MPLS-TP Performance........................................................ 231
14.4 Clock Time Performances ................................................... 231
14.4.1 Synchronous Clock Source ......................................... 231
14.4.2 Clock Synchronization Performances ........................... 232
14.4.3 Protection Switchover Performance ............................. 232
14.5 Protection Switching Performance ....................................... 233
14.6 Electrical Interface Performances ........................................ 233
14.6.1 GE Optical Interface Specification ............................... 233
14.6.2 E1 Electrical Interface Specification ............................. 234
14.6.3 T1 Electrical Interface Performances............................ 235
14.7 Optical Interface Performances ........................................... 235
14.7.1 10GE Interface Performance ...................................... 235
14.7.2 POS/CPOS Optical Interface Performance..................... 236
15 Technical Performances .......................................241
15.1 Physical Performance ........................................................ 241
15.2 Power Supply Indexes ....................................................... 243
15.2.1 Power Supply Requirements ....................................... 243
15.2.2 Power Consumption Specifications .............................. 243
15.3 Grounding Requirements ................................................... 246
15.4 Lightning Protection Requirements ...................................... 249
15.5 Environment Requirements ................................................ 250
15.5.1 Storage Environment ................................................ 250
15.5.2 Transportation Environment ....................................... 252
15.5.3 Operation Environment ............................................. 253
15.6 Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements......................... 255
15.6.1 Criteria ................................................................... 255
15.6.2 Immunity Performances ............................................ 256
15.6.3 Interference Performances ......................................... 260
15.7 Reliability Indexes............................................................. 261
15.8 Safety Authentication ........................................................ 261
15.9 Standards & Recommendations .......................................... 262
16 Networking Applications and Configurations ........269
16.1 Networking Capability........................................................ 269
16.2 Network Topology ............................................................. 269
16.3 Networking Application ...................................................... 272
16.3.1 TDM Service Networking Application............................ 272
16.3.2 ATM Service Networking Application ............................ 272
16.3.3 Ethernet Service Networking Applications .................... 273
16.4 Integrated Service Application ............................................ 279
16.4.1 Mobile Backhaul ....................................................... 279
16.4.2 FMC........................................................................ 283
Glossary ....................................................................285
ZXCTN 9004 Product
Introduction
After you have completed this course, you

will be able to:


>> Master System Function and Structure
>> Master System Performance
>> Master Networking and Application

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 1


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Chapter 1 System Overview


After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> ZTE PTN Products Family
>> ZXCTN 9004 Overview
>> System Applications

1.1 ZTE PTN Products Family


ZTE Packet Transport Network (PTN) products include ZXCTN
6100, ZXCTN 6110, ZXCTN 6130, ZXCTN 6200, ZXCTN 6300,
ZXCTN 9002, ZXCTN 9004 and ZXCTN 9008, meeting all the
applications from the access layer to the backbone layer and
providing users with the future-oriented overall solution to the
new generation transmission network.
Figure 1 is an application diagram of ZTE PTN products family.

FIGURE 1 ZTE PTN PRODUCTS FAMILY APPLICATION DIAGRAM

2 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 1 System Overview

1.2 ZXCTN 9004 Overview


is the packet transmission-oriented carrier-class multi-service
bearer product introduced by ZTE. It takes the packet as the
core, carries multi-services, provides users with Backhaul and
Fixed Mobile Convergence (FMC) point-to-point solution, reduces
the network construction and operation cost, and implements the
smooth evolution of the network.
is the 9 U rack-mounted device. It mainly locates at the con-
vergence layer and the core layer of MAN. It adopts advanced
distributed and modularized design and supports large-capacity
switching matrix. In view of complicacy and indeterminacy of ser-
vice network bear, device combines the advantages of packet and
transmission technologies. It adopts the architecture with packet
switching to be the core, integrates abundant service functions,
standardized services of Internet Protocol (IP)/Multi Protocol Label
Switching (MPLS), multi-service adaptive interface, synchronous
clock, IEEE 1588 V2, carrier-class Operation, Administration and
Maintenance (OAM) and protection function. Based on the above
features, processes and forwards Ethernet, Asynchronous Trans-
fer Mode (ATM) and Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) carrier-class
services.
is shown in Figure 2.

FIGURE 2 APPEARANCE

Multi-Service � Being based on all-packet structure.


Unified Carrier
Platform, Meeting � Adopting Pseudo Wire Emulation Edge-to-Edge (PWE3) tech-
Development of nology, integrating TDM, ATM, and Frame Relay (FR).
Full Services
� Supporting efficient Transport Multi-Protocol Label Switching
(MPLS/MPLS-TP) and other tunnel technologies.
� Supporting L2/L3 Virtual Private Network (VPN), meeting all-
service development demand and reducing network operation
cost.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 3


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Advanced Timing � Compliant with G.8261.


Processing
Capability, � Supporting IEEE 1588 Ethernet synchronous technology, and
Meeting Accurate supporting to flexibly configure the source clock, border clock,
Synchronization P2P transparent transmission clock, E2E transparent transmis-
Demand sion clock, and Ethernet synchronous interface.
� adopts the Synchronization Status Message (SSM) protocol,
Precision Time Protocol (1588 PTP) and the Best Master Clock
(BMC) algorithm to implement automatic protection switching
of clock and time link and guarantee reliable transmission of
synchronous signals.
Perfect Point- � provides point-to-point Quality of Service (QoS) management
to-Point QoS function to provide delay, jitter and bandwidth required by dif-
Solution, ferent services.
Providing Refined
Differential � Supporting DiffServ-based QoS scheduling and implementing
Services the traffic classification and labeling according to the port, Vir-
tual Local Area Network (VLAN), 802.1p, Differentiated Ser-
vices Code Point (DSCP)/Type of Service (ToS), Medium Access
Control (MAC), and Internet Protocol (IP) address.
� Supporting 9 level hierarchical QoS (H-QoS) scheduling at
most. supports SP scheduling, WFQ scheduling and shaping
configuration on each H-QoS hierarchy.
� Supporting VPN QoS, which converges QoS of Integrated Ser-
vice (IntServ) and QoS of Differential Service (DiffServ) tech-
nologies.
� Supporting traffic monitoring, queue scheduling, congestion
control and traffic shaping of service flows, meeting user-level
multi-service bandwidth control, and providing insurance to
client's refinement operation.
Powerful � Supporting MPLS-TP OAM and Ethernet OAM.
Hierarchical
OAM Function, � provides hardware mechanism-based hierarchical monitoring
Improving and implements fast fault detection and location, performance
Network monitoring and point-to-point service management.
Availability
� Supporting continuous and on-demand OAM and ensuring the
carrier-class service quality in the packet transmission net-
work.
� Physical interface, logical link, PW and tunnel-based various
hierarchical OAM makes the network operation more transpar-
ent and the operation & management more convenient.
� Supporting the LM and DM functions of MPLS-TP, MPLS and
Ethernet.
� Supporting the function of CFM passing through VPLS/VPWS
tunnel.
Multi-Protection owns the perfect equipment-level protection, network-level pro-
Mechanism, tection and network edge-level protection:
Ensuring Network
Security � Equipment-level protection provides 1+1 hot-standby for the
clock, power unit, main board and other critical cards and sup-
ports hot-swap of parts.
� The network-level protection supports multiple protection
modes, provides hierarchical and segmented Label Switched
Path (LSP) and subnet connection protection, correction-ori-

4 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 1 System Overview

ented ring network protection, and ensures 50 ms fast


switchover.
� The network edge-level protection supports the Link Aggrega-
tion Group (LAG) protection with 99.999% reliability meeting
carrier-class requirement.
Sound � adopts the open technical platform to integrate traditional
Compatibility, transmission and data networks.
Supporting
High-Speed � The system adopts the flexible design, which applies to the
Development of development of various transmission standards and provides
Service Network support to the evolution of the service network.
Unified NM � ZTE unified NM platform NetNumen T31 provides the user-
System, friendly NE management interface that meets the requirement
Simplifying of the tradition transmission network. It is easy to operate and
Operation and maintain and the packet network is manageable and maintain-
Maintenance able for the first time.
� Implementing centralized management with Synchronous Dig-
ital Hierarchy (SDH)/Multi-Service Transport Platform (MSTP),
Automatically Switched Optical Network (ASON), Wavelength
Division Multiplexing (WDM) and Optical Transport Network
(OTN).
� Supporting the static configuration and the dynamic configu-
ration of the service connection.
� Supporting the point-to-point path establishment and manage-
ment functions.
� Providing powerful QoS and OAM functions.
� Providing realtime alarming and performance monitoring func-
tions.
Intelligent Power � Adopting Automatic Power Control (APC), dynamically and in-
Consumption telligently regulating power consumption, supporting stepless
Regulation, speed change of the fan and port-level power consumption au-
Saving Resources tomatic regulation, and implementing the highest energy sav-
ing industry level of power consumption per-port.
� Providing small size, light weight, large capacity and energy
saving and lowering requirements to the environment deploy-
ment.

1.3 System Applications


provides access and transmission of various packet services. The
system also provides perfect service protection, OAM and clock
synchronization and carrier-class service transmission character-
istics.
� The service transmission layer adopts MPLS-TP network tech-
nology.
� The service layer supports the Ethernet network.
� The system provides the capability of transmitting multiple ser-
vices such as Ethernet service, TDM service and Asynchronous
Transfer Mode (ATM) service.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 5


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� The system provides guaranteed QoS.


� The system provides protection switching time less than 50ms.
� The system supports MPLS-TP OAM and Ethernet OAM func-
tions.
� The system meets E-Line, E-LAN and E-Tree service models
defined by Metro Ethernet Forum (MEF).
� As for transmission, it meets synchronous clock and time data
required by the 2G/3G mobile communication base station.
As the core layer device, is applicable to various solutions and
corresponding application scenarios are shown in Figure 3.

FIGURE 3 APPLICATION SCENARIOS

The major applications of include:


� Access and transmission of the mobile base station service
� Access and transmission of the large client service and the VPN
service
� Access and transmission of the Next Generation Network
(NGN) service
� Access and transmission of the Next Protocol Television (IPTV)
service
� Access and transmission of the Video On Demand (VOD)/ Voice
over IP (VoIP) service
� Access and transmission of the mass client Internet service
� Access and transmission of the FMC service.
� Access and transmission of the MSAN/MSAG integrated ser-
vice.

6 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 2 Service Functions
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> Service Processing Models
>> Service Access Types
>> Service Processing Capability
>> Service Interface Types

2.1 Service Processing Models


2.1.1 MPLS-TP Service Processing
Model

system meets multiple service applications demanded by the mo-


bile network and the fixed network.
The MPLS-TP service processing model provided by is shown in
Figure 4.

FIGURE 4 MPLS-TP SERVICE PROCESSING MODEL

1. Physical Interface Layer


The physical interface layer provides with external physical in-
terfaces and implements receiving/sending of client services.
� Receiving direction: The physical interface layer receives
physical signals (electrical signals or optical signals) sent
from the user device, extracts signal data, distinguishes

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 7


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

service type, and sends them to the corresponding service


processing layer for processing.
� Sending direction: The physical interface layer receives
service signals sent from the service processing layer, se-
lects the physical channel type according to the signal type,
converts the signals to those that can be transmitted on the
transmission medium (electrical signals or optical signals),
and sends them to the user device through the physical in-
terface.
2. Service Processing Layer
The service processing layer processes different services ac-
cording to different service types and service rules.
3. PW Processing Layer
The PW processing layer provides the method of attaching PW
encapsulation on service data after simulation processing. It
encapsulates all the simulation services to PWE3 emulation
client signals and specifies connection feature, or deencapsu-
lates services from PWE3 packets to restore them to different
simulation services.

Note:
Service is identified through the PW label. Each service cor-
responds to one PW label uniquely, that is each service only
corresponds to one PW channel.

4. Tunnel Processing Layer


The tunnel processing layer provides path for forwarding
packet service. Each tunnel can carry multiple PW's and PW's
in the MPLS-TP tunnel can be distinguished through PW labels.
5. Link Transport Layer
This is the link layer in which user services are delivered over
the PTN network. It provides data link for the tunnel processing
layer.

2.1.2 MPLS Service Processing Model

The MPLS service processing model provided by is shown in Figure


5.

8 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 2 Service Functions

FIGURE 5 MPLS SERVICE PROCESSING MODEL

1. Physical Interface Layer


The physical interface layer provides with external physical in-
terfaces and implements receiving/sending of client services.
� Receiving direction: The physical interface layer receives
physical signals (electrical signals or optical signals) sent
from the user device, extracts signal data, distinguishes
service type, and sends them to the corresponding service
processing layer for processing.
� Sending direction: The physical interface layer receives
service signals sent from the service processing layer, se-
lects the physical channel type according to the signal type,
converts the signals to those that can be transmitted on the
transmission medium (electrical signals or optical signals),
and sends them to the user device through the physical in-
terface.
2. Service Processing Layer
The service processing layer processes different services ac-
cording to different service types and service rules.
3. PW Processing Layer
The PW processing layer provides the method of attaching PW
encapsulation on service data after simulation processing. It
encapsulates all the simulation services to PWE3 emulation
client signals and specifies connection feature, or deencapsu-
lates services from PWE3 packets to restore them to different
simulation services.

Note:
Service is identified through the PW label. Each service cor-
responds to one PW label uniquely, that is each service only
corresponds to one PW channel.

4. Tunnel Processing Layer

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 9


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

The tunnel processing layer provides path for forwarding


packet service. Each tunnel can carry multiple PW's and PW's
in the MPLS-TP tunnel can be distinguished through PW labels.
5. Link Transport Layer
This is the link layer in which user services are delivered over
the PTN network. It provides data link for the tunnel processing
layer.

2.2 Service Access Types


provides the multi-service access function, supporting to process
Ethernet service, ATM service and TDM service. Table 1 shows
service types supported by .

TABLE 1 SERVICE ACCESS TYPE LIST

Service Type Signal Format/Applicable Standard

Ether- E-LINE Service IEEE (Institute of Electrical and


net Electronics Engineers) 802.3 and
Serv- E-LAN Service MEF/MEF2/MEF4
ices
E-TREE Service

ATM ATM STM-1 RFC4717, RFC4816, AF-PHY-0086.001


Service and CES (Circuit Emulation Services)

TDM POS STM- ITU-T I.363, B-ISDN (Broadband


Serv- 1/4/16/64 Integrated Services Digital Network)
ices AAL1 specification, AF-VTOA-0078 and
Ch STM-1 CES

CPOS STM-1

E1/T1

2.2.1 Ethernet Services

supports three Ethernet service models defined by MEF.


� E-LINE, point-to-point service
� E-LAN, multipoint-to-multipoint service
� E-TREE, multipoint-to-point convergence service
The Customer Edge (CE) device exchanges the service frame with
Metro Ethernet Network (MEN) through the User Network Interface
(UNI). The service frame means to the Ethernet frame transmitted
to the service provider or users through the UNI.
Figure 6 shows the structure of Ethernet service processing model.

10 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 2 Service Functions

FIGURE 6 ETHERNET SERVICE PROCESSING MODEL

2.2.1.1 Networking Models

E-LINE Service EVC of the E-LINE service is composed of one or more MFDFR's
Model which are connected by the ETH link. Services carried on the
ETH link is in the transport layer of MPLS-TP or MPLS. In device,
the E-LINE service is transmitted over MPLS-TP or MPLS tunnel
through the PW simulation.
provides the E-LINE service model, as shown in Figure 7.

FIGURE 7 E-LINE SERVICE MODEL

E-LAN Service EVC of the E-LAN service is composed of one or more MFDFR's
Model which are connected by the ETH link. Services carried on ETH link
is in transport layer of MPLS-TP or MPLS. In device, the E-LAN
service is transmitted over MPLS-TP or MPLS tunnel through the
PW simulation.
provides the E-LAN service model, as shown in Figure 8.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 11


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 8 E-LAN SERVICE MODEL

E-TREE Service EVC of the E-TREE service is composed of one or more MFDFR's
Model which are connected by the ETH link. Services carried on ETH link
is in transport layer of MPLS-TP or MPLS. In device, the E-TREE
service is transmitted over MPLS-TP or MPLS tunnel through the
PW simulation. The E-TREE service requires at least one root port
among service nodes, and data cannot be forwarded among non-
root ports.
provides the E-TREE service model, as shown in Figure 9.

FIGURE 9 E-TREE SERVICE MODEL

2.2.1.2 MPLS Service Processing Method

Processing of Ethernet service in upstream direction

12 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 2 Service Functions

Processing Steps
Layer

Physical The physical interface receives Ethernet data signals,


Interface extracts Ethernet frames, distinguishes Ethernet
Layer service types and transmits frame signals to the
Ethernet switching module of the service processing
layer for processing.

Service � Perform clock processing.


Processing � Perform OAM processing.
Layer � Perform QoS processing.

PW Perform PW encapsulation (containing control field) to


Processing client packets.
Layer

Tunnel Perform tunnel encapsulation to the PW and implement


Processing mapping from the PW to the tunnel.
Layer

Link As the carrier layer of MPLS, it attaches one TMS layer


Transport label on the tunnel packet and sends the packet to the
Layer peer-end device through the network-side interface.

Processing of Ethernet service in downstream direction

Processing Steps
Layer

Link Receive network-side signals and identify incoming


Transport tunnel packets or Ethernet frames.
Layer

Tunnel Strip the tunnel label and restore the original PWE3
Processing packet.
Layer

PW Strip the PW label and restore the original client


Processing service.
Layer

Service � Perform clock processing.


Processing � Perform OAM processing.
Layer � Perform QoS processing.

Physical Receive Ethernet frames sent from the Ethernet


Interface switching module of the service processing layer and
Layer forward them to the user device through corresponding
physical interfaces.

2.2.1.3 MPLS-TP Service Processing Method

Processing of Ethernet service in upstream direction

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 13


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Processing Steps
Layer

Physical The physical interface receives Ethernet data signals,


Interface extracts Ethernet frames, distinguishes Ethernet
Layer service types and transmits frame signals to the
Ethernet switching module of the service processing
layer for processing.

Service � Perform clock processing.


Processing � Perform OAM processing.
Layer � Perform QoS processing.

PW Perform PW encapsulation (containing control field) to


Processing client packets.
Layer

Tunnel Perform tunnel encapsulation to the PW and implement


Processing mapping from the PW to the tunnel.
Layer

Link As the carrier layer of MPLS-TP, it attaches one TMS


Transport layer label on the tunnel packet and sends the packet
Layer to the peer-end device through the network-side
interface.

Processing of Ethernet service in downstream direction

Processing
Steps
Layer

Link Trans- Receive network-side signals and identify incoming tun-


port Layer nel packets or Ethernet frames.

Tunnel Pro-
Strip the tunnel label and restore the original PWE3
cessing
packet.
Layer

PW Process-
Strip the PW label and restore the original client service.
ing Layer

Service Pro- � Perform clock processing.


cessing � Perform OAM processing.
Layer � Perform QoS processing.

Receive Ethernet frames sent from the Ethernet switch-


Physical In- ing module of the service processing layer and forward
terface Layer them to the user device through corresponding physical
interfaces.

2.2.2 ATM Service

ATM is a cell-based packet switching and multiplexing technol-


ogy, which is a general connection-oriented transmission mode
designed for multiple services. ATM, with data transmission at
high speed, is applicable to LAN and WAN, supporting the commu-
nications of the voice, data, fax, real time video, CD quality audio
and image.

14 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 2 Service Functions

2.2.2.1 Networking Model

ATM cells access from different User Network Interfaces (UNI). Af-
ter being encapsulated into PW packets, they are mapped to the
tunnel and forwarded to the destination NE through the PTN net-
work. At receiving site, restore ATM cells from the received PW
packets, re-form ATM frames and send the frames to the user in-
terface to implement ATM service simulation.
The ATM service model is shown in Figure 10.

FIGURE 10 ATM SERVICE MODEL

– CE: Customer Edge – NNI: Network Node Interface


– PE: Provider Edge – IMA: Inverse Multiplexing over
– PW: Pseudo Wire ATM
– UNI: User Network Interface

2.2.2.2 MPLS Service Processing Method

Processing of ATM service in upstream direction

Processing Steps
Layer

Physical The physical interface receives service signals,


Interface implements termination to ATM signals, abstracts ATM
Layer cells and forwards them to the ATM processing module
in the service processing layer for processing.

Service � Implement Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) / Virtual


Processing Channel Identifier (VCI) filtering.
Layer � Implement VPI/VCI switching.
� Encapsulate the ATM service to the packet service
according to mapping and cascade configurations
and find the PW and the tunnel used to transmit
this service.

PW Perform PW encapsulation (containing control field) to


Processing client packets.
Layer

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 15


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Processing Steps
Layer

Tunnel Perform tunnel encapsulation to PW and implement


Processing mapping from the PW to the tunnel.
Layer

Link As the carrier layer of MPLS, it attaches one TMS layer


Transport label on the tunnel packet and sends the packet to the
Layer peer-end device through the network-side interface.

Processing of ATM service in downstream direction

Processing Steps
Layer

Link Receive network-side signals and identify incoming


Transport tunnel packets.
Layer

Tunnel Strip the tunnel label and restore the original PWE3
Processing packet.
Layer

PW Strip the PW label and restore the original client


Processing service.
Layer

Service � De-encapsulate the packet service to the ATM


Processing service according to mapping and cascade
Layer configurations and restore to ATM cells.
� Implement VPI/VCI filtering.
� Implement VPI/VCI switching.

Physical Receive service signals sent from the ATM processing


Interface module in the service processing layer, and send the
Layer signals to the user device through the corresponding
physical interface.

2.2.2.3 MPLS-TP Service Processing Methods

Processing of ATM service in upstream direction

Processing Steps
Layer

Physical The physical interface receives service signals,


Interface implements termination to ATM signals, abstracts ATM
Layer cells and forwards them to the ATM processing module
in the service processing layer for processing.

Service � Implement Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) / Virtual


Processing Channel Identifier (VCI) filtering.
Layer � Implement VPI/VCI switching.
� Encapsulate the ATM service to the packet service
according to mapping and cascade configurations
and find the PW and the tunnel used to transmit
this service.

16 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 2 Service Functions

Processing Steps
Layer

PW Perform PW encapsulation (containing control field) to


Processing client packets.
Layer

Tunnel Perform tunnel encapsulation to the PW and implement


Processing mapping from the PW to the tunnel.
Layer

Link As the carrier layer of MPLS-TP, it attaches one TMS


Transport layer label on the tunnel packet and sends the packet
Layer to the peer-end device through the network-side
interface.

Processing of ATM service in downstream direction

Processing Steps
Layer

Link Receive network-side signals and identify incoming


Transport tunnel packets.
Layer

Tunnel Strip the tunnel label and restore the original PWE3
Processing packet.
Layer

PW Strip the PW label and restore the original client


Processing service.
Layer

Service � De-encapsulate the packet service to the ATM


Processing service according to mapping and cascade
Layer configurations and restore to ATM cells.
� Implement VPI/VCI filtering.
� Implement VPI/VCI switching.

Physical Receive service signals sent from the ATM processing


Interface module in service processing layer, implement
Layer protocol-related processing, restore to the ATM
service, and send it to the user device through the
corresponding physical interface.

2.2.3 TDM Service

Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) technology means that the cross-


connect plus, passing through different channels or time slots,
transmits various digital data, voice and video signals on the same
communication medium.

2.2.3.1 Networking Model

adopts the Circuit Emulation Services (CES) technology to transmit


the TDM circuit switched data service transparently over the packet
transmission network.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 17


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TDM Service Model TDM service is mainly used in the mobile voice service and the
enterprise private line service. The mobile device or enterprise
private line accesses the PTN device through the TDM service in-
terface. The PTN device then encapsulates teh TDM service into
the PW and forwards it to the remote through the PTN network.
The TDM model provided by is shown in Figure 11.

FIGURE 11 TDM SERVICE MODEL

Simulation Modes supports the Circuit Emulation Services over PSN (CESoPSN) pro-
tocol to transmit the TDM service in the channelized mode (that is
the structural mode). also supports the Structure-Agnostic TDM
over PSN (SAToP) protocol to transmit the TDM service in the non-
channelized mode.

2.2.3.2 MPLS Service Processing Methods

Processing of TDM service in upstream direction

Processing Steps
Layer

Physical The physical interface layer receives service signals,


Interface and sends the signals to the TDM processing module
Layer in the service processing layer according to the frame
structures of the STM-N (N=1, 4, 16, 64) and E1/T1
signals.

Service � Implement the structured or unstructured


Processing simulation processing.
Layer � Encapsulate the TDM service to the packet service
according to encapsulation delay and find the PW
and the tunnel used to transmit this service.

18 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 2 Service Functions

Processing Steps
Layer

PW Perform PW encapsulation (containing control field) to


Processing client packets.
Layer

Tunnel Perform tunnel encapsulation to the PW and implement


Processing mapping from the PW to the tunnel.
Layer

Link As the carrier layer of MPLS, it attaches one TMS layer


Transport label on the tunnel packet and sends the packet to the
Layer peer-end device through the network-side interface.

Processing of TDM service in downstream direction

Processing Steps
Layer

Link Receive network-side signals and identify incoming


Transport tunnel packets.
Layer

Tunnel Strip the tunnel label and restore the original PWE3
Processing packet.
Layer

PW Strip the PW label and restore the original client


Processing service.
Layer

Service � Restore the packet service to the TDM data flow


Processing according to transmission delay.
Layer � Implement structured or unstructured processing
of service signals.

Physical Receive service signals sent from the TDM processing


Interface module in the service processing layer, and send them
Layer to the user device through the corresponding physical
interface.

2.2.3.3 MPLS-TP Service Processing Methods

Processing of TDM service in upstream direction

Processing Steps
Layer

Physical The physical interface layer receives service signals,


Interface and sends the signals to the TDM processing module
Layer in the service processing layer according to the frame
structures of the STM-N (N=1, 4, 16, 64) and E1/T1
signals.

Service � Implement the structured or unstructured


Processing simulation processing.
Layer � Encapsulate the TDM service to the packet service
according to encapsulation delay and find the PW
and the tunnel used to transmit this service.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 19


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Processing Steps
Layer

PW Perform PW encapsulation (containing control field) to


Processing client packets.
Layer

Tunnel Perform tunnel encapsulation to the PW and implement


Processing mapping from the PW to the tunnel.
Layer

Link As the carrier layer of MPLS-TP, it attaches one TMS


Transport layer label on the tunnel packet and sends the packet
Layer to the peer-end device through the network-side
interface.

Processing of TDM service in downstream direction

Processing Steps
Layer

Link Receive network-side signals and identify incoming


Transport tunnel packets.
Layer

Tunnel Strip the tunnel label and restore the original PWE3
Processing packet.
Layer

PW Strip the PW label and restore the original client


Processing service.
Layer

Service � Restore the packet service to the TDM data flow


Processing according to transmission delay.
Layer � Implement the structured or unstructured
processing of service signals.

Physical Receive service signals sent from the TDM processing


Interface module in service processing layer, and send the
Layer signals to the user device through corresponding the
physical interface.

2.3 Service Processing Capability


service processing capability includes the switching capability and
the service access capability.
Switching supports service switching with packet to be the core. The switch-
Capability ing capability is shown in Table 2.

20 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 2 Service Functions

TABLE 2 SWITCHING CAPABILITY

Attribute Description

Motherboard bandwidth 1.26 Tbps

Switching capacity 800 Gbps

Packet forwarding rate 238 Mpps

Access Capability Multiple services can access through various interfaces. Table 3
shows supported interface types and the maximum access capac-
ity of each interface type.

TABLE 3 ACCESS CAPABILITY

Max. Card Max. Device Service


Interface Interface type Accesses Accesses (Payload)
(Channel) (Channel) Type

10GE (Optical) 4 16 IP

Ethernet GE (Optical) 48 192 IP

GE (Electrical) 48 192 IP

POS STM-64 1 8 IP

POS STM-16 4 32 IP

POS STM-4 8 64 IP

POS STM-1 8 64 IP
STM-N
CPOS STM-1 4 32 IP

CPOS STM-4 1 8 IP

ATM STM-1 4 32 ATM

Ch STM-1 4 32 TDM

2.4 Service Interface Types


support the following service interface types, as shown in Table 4.

TABLE 4 SERVICE INTERFACE TYPES

Interface Description
Type

GE Interface Electrical Interface: 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ45


Interface

Optical Interface: 100/1000BASE-X SFP Interface

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 21


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Interface Description
Type

10GE Interface Optical Interface: 10GBASE XFP Interface

POS Interface STM-1 Optical Interface: OC-3c POS Interface

STM-4 Optical Interface: OC-12c POS Interface

STM-16 Optical Interface: OC-48c POS Interface

STM-64 Optical Interface: OC-192c POS Interface

Channelized Channelized STM-1 Optical Interface: OC-3 CPOS


POS Interface Optical Interface

Channelized STM-4 Optical Interface: OC-12 CPOS


Optical Interface

Channelized Channelized STM-1 Optical Interface: Ch STM-1


STM-1 Optical Interface
Interface

ATM Interface OC-3c ATM Interface

22 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 3 Hardware Structure
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> Cabinet Configuration
>> Subrack Structure
>> Board Slots in Subrack
>> System Components

3.1 Cabinet Configuration


Components in cabinet are listed in Table 5.

TABLE 5 CABINET CONFIGURATION IN

Component Quantity
Cabinet Type (Height ×
Width × Deepth) (mm) Power Supply
Subrack
Distribution Box

2200×600×600 1 1

– Users can install devices of other manufacturers in the rest space of the
cabinet according to the actual requirements, such as a router.
– The outline and dimensions of user equipment should meet the mounting
requirements of ZTE transmission equipment cabinet.

The locations of the components in the cabinet are shown in Figure


12.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 23


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 12 CABINET CONFIGURATION

Note:
� User equipment can be mounted at the position where no com-
ponent is located. However, the prerequisite is that the outline
and dimensions of user equipment should meet the mounting
requirements of ZTE transmission equipment cabinet.
� At least 1U (1 U=44.45 mm) space at the bottom of the cabi-
net should be reserved, so as to ensure enough space for the
installation of the cabinet rear door, and ensure the normal
connection of cabinet grounding cables.

24 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 3 Hardware Structure

3.2 Subrack Structure


subrack adopts horizontal plug-in structure, which can be classified
into main control board area, service board area, power plug-in
box area, fan area and etc.
The whole equipment design follows IEC (International Electro
technical Commission) standards, which can be installed in IEC
standard cabinet or ETS (European Telecommunication Standards)
standard cabinet. The subrack structure is shown in Figure 13.

FIGURE 13 SUBRACK STRUCTURE

The descriptions of subrack structure are Table 6.

TABLE 6 DESCRIPTION OF SUBRACK STRUCTURE

No. Name Description

Installation
1 It is used to fix subrack in the cabinet.
lug

It is used to insert fan board to ensure excellent


2 Fan area
performance of heat dissipation.

Antistatic
3 wrist strap It is used to access antistatic wrist strap.
plug

It is used to facilitate with the transition of sub-


4 Handle
rack.

Subrack
It is used to access protection grounding to en-
protection
5 sure excellent performance of electromagnetic
grounding
shield.
terminal

Service board It is used to insert the low-speed service inter-


6
area face board to provide external service interfaces.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 25


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

No. Name Description

Main control It is used to insert the main control board to


7
board area provide switching processing for services.

It is used to facilitate with wiring of fiber and


8 Cable clip
cable.

Power plug-in It is used to insert power supply module to pro-


9
box area vide power for the equipment.

3.3 Board Slots in Subrack


The slot layout of subrack is shown in Figure 14.

FIGURE 14 SLOT LAYOUT OF SUBRACK

The subrack includes four service processing board slots, two MSC
main control board slots, three power supply board slots and one
fan slot.
Table 7 lists the relationship between the slots and the correspond-
ing pluggable boards.

26 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 3 Hardware Structure

TABLE 7 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SUBRACK SLOTS AND CORRESPONDING


BOARDS

Access
Slot No. Ca- Pluggable Board
pacity

P90S1-24GE-RJ, P90S1-24GE-SFP, P90S1-


48GE-RJ, P90S1-48GE-SFP, P90S1-12GE1XGET-
Slot 1 - SFPXFP, P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP, P90S1-
40GE
Slot 4 2XGE-XFP, P90S1-2XGET-XFP, P90S1-4XGE-XFP,
P90S1-4XGET-XFP, P90S1-LPCA+ interface sub-
card, P90S1-LPC24+ interface subcard

Slot 5 - - P9004-MSC, P9004-MSCT


Slot 6

Power supply board (select any two slots to


Slot 7 - - establish 1+1 redundancy of the power supply
Slot 9
board)

Slot 10 - Fan board

3.4 System Components


adopts the rack design, and the hardware architecture of the entire
system is composed of the backplane, main board, service card,
intelligent platform management sub-system, power module and
fan. The equipment uses the switching unit and the main control
unit as the core, and connects service cards and switching unit
through the large capacity high-speed serial bus.
The main board is the core element of the system, used for pro-
tocol and signaling processing of the system, fast data switching,
system monitoring, maintenance and management.
� The main board contains the main control unit and the switch-
ing unit, where the main control unit is 1:1 redundant.
� The service cards process packets directly and send the pack-
ets to the specific port of destination service card according to
the processing result.
IPMS is used for assistant management of the system hardware
platform, and provides the large power-consumption card with the
power control, environment monitoring function, system disaster
recovery processing and assistant communication. This subsys-
tem can work independently from the main system without affect-
ing each other due to separate reboot and reset.
The construction of system components is shown in Figure 15.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 27


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 15 SYSTEM HARDWARE ARCHITECTURE

28 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 4 Software Structure
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> NM Software
>> System Software Structure
>> Communication Protocols and Interfaces

4.1 NM Software
uses NetNumen T31 to manage and monitor NE's and pro-
vides functions of configuration management, fault manage-
ment, performance management, maintenance management,
point-to-point circuit management, security management, system
management and report management. The system architecture
of NM software is shown in Figure 16.

FIGURE 16 NM SOFTWARE COMPOSITION DIAGRAM

Manager It is also called server. For Graphical User Interface (GUI),


Manager acts as the server. Manager exchanges data with SMCC
through the Command Line Interface (CLI) interface and the
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) interface.
Manager implements the following functions:
� Receiving GUI request, and sending it to SMCC or database
after the analysis.
� Receiving data processed by the database and sending it to
GUI after the analysis.
� Receiving data sent from SMCC and sending it to the database
or GUI after the analysis.
GUI GUI is also called Client.
Client implements the following functions:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 29


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� Providing the graphic user interface.


� Providing configuration management, fault management, per-
formance management, security management, maintenance
management, system management and service interface of
help system.
� Implementing the user security control.
Database Database implements the following functions:
� Implementing data query on the interface and management
functional module.
� Implementing the storage of configurations, alarm messages
and other information.
� Processing the data consistency.

4.2 System Software Structure


system software structure contains three planes: management
plane, control plane and data plane. The card software runs on
various planes according to different functions so as to realize
management and control to cards, NE's and the entire network.
system software adopts the layered structure design with each
layer implementing the specific function and providing services to
the upper layer. The software structure is shown in Figure 17.

FIGURE 17 SYSTEM SOFTWARE STRUCTURE DIAGRAM

30 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 4 Software Structure

4.2.1 Structure of Main Control


Software

adopts the unified structure of centralized control and switching


and integrates main control unit, switching unit and clock synchro-
nization unit on master switch & clock board, centralized managed
by main control software.
The main control software provides the following functions:
� The main control software monitors, controls and manages
running statuses of cards in NEs.
� As the communication unit between the NM system/command
terminal and cards, it enables the NM system/command ter-
minal to control and mange NEs.
� The main control software also manages software loading of
master switch & clock board, packet loading and patches.
Main control software of is shown in Figure 18.

FIGURE 18 STRUCTURE OF MAIN CONTROL SOFTWARE

Management Corresponding to the interface of the NM system/command termi-


Interface nal.
� Incoming direction of the interface resolves and converts com-
mand packages coming from different NM systems/command
terminals to the command packages that can be identified by
device.
� Outgoing direction of interface adapts data on NE to command
packages of different NM systems/command terminals.
Applications It provides corresponding protocols used for Telnet and File Trans-
fer Protocol (FTP).
MPLS It supports MPLS-TP-related protocol, tunnel and forwarding func-
tion.
OAM It provides MPLS-TP OAM and Ethernet OAM-based point-to-point
service management, fault detection and performance manage-
ment.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 31


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

L3 Protocols It includes the TCP/IP protocol stack and the IP forwarding support
module.
� It provides L3 service layer functions and L3 data forwarding
functions and implements IPV4 routing.
� It provides the IP single routing module, label protocol module,
TCP/IP protocol stack and IP forwarding support module.
L2 Protocols It implements configuration management of data link layer (man-
agement layer), L2 protocol processing (control layer) and data
forwarding (data layer or service layer) functions.
Support Platform It locates on the interface plane of upper software and hardware
driver of main control software and supports running of device
hardware and upper software.
It provides the data distribution module, the statistics monitoring
module and the driver encapsulation module.
Driver Platform � It allocates operation resources for hardware device, processes
programs and data connection among module software, and
maintains communication among cards.
� It implements system support, system control, version upload-
ing control, process scheduling, process communication, timer
management and memory management functions.

4.2.2 Card Software

Card software is used to manage, monitor and control working


status of the card. Card software receives command distributed
by the main control software, processes the command, gives re-
sponse and reports alarm and performance events to NM.
Card software of is shown in Figure 19.

FIGURE 19 CARD SOFTWARE STRUCTURE

� Data plane implements the functions of alarm detection, per-


formance statistics and Link Status Transport (LST).
� Alarm management implements the functions of alarm report
and log management.

32 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 4 Software Structure

� Performance management implements performance report,


log management and 15 minutes /24 hours performance
statistics function.
� Protocol part processes Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
(MSTP), and Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).

4.3 Communication Protocols and


Interfaces
Interfaces and corresponding protocols used in the software sys-
tem are shown inTable 8.

TABLE 8 SOFTWARE SYSTEM INTERFACE ILLUSTRATION

Interface Name Interface Description

This is the management communication channel interface, used for


MCC Interface
communication between NE's and conforming to TCP/IP protocol.

This is the basic configuration interface of the system, used for


initialization configuration, daily maintenance and fault processing of
CON Interface
ZXCTN 9008 system. The interface conforms to RS232 asynchronous
serial interface protocol.

It is the assistant management interface, supporting to implement


AUX Interface
remote network management through Modem.

MGT Interface 10/100 Mbps Ethernet NM interface

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 33


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

This page is intentionally blank.

34 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 5 Cabinet
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> Cabinet Structure
>> Basic Fittings in Cabinet
>> Cabinet Configuration
>> Power Distribution Box

5.1 Cabinet Structure


adopts ZTE high-capacity transmission cabinet, which is designed
following a unified industrial process. It features excellent perfor-
mance of electromagnetic shield and heat dissipation. The struc-
tural parameters of cabinet are respectively listed in Table 9.

TABLE 9 STRUCTURAL PARAMETERS OF TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENT CABINET

Dimensions (Height × Width


Weight (kg)
× Depth) (mm)

2200 ×600 ×600 110

2200 ×600 ×800 130

– The weight listed in the table is that of the cabinet without fittings in.

For example, the outline and dimensions of cabinet with the depth
of 600 mm are illustrated in Figure 20.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 35


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 20 OUTLINE AND DIMENSIONS OF TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENT


CABINET (WITH DEPTH 600 MM)

36 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 5 Cabinet

– unit: mm

5.2 Basic Fittings in Cabinet


The basic fittings in the cabinet are illustrated in Figure 21, and
the detailed descriptions of basic fittings are listed in Table 10.

FIGURE 21 BASIC FITTINGS IN CABINET

1. Top outlet 7. Bottom outlet


2. Mounting bracket 8. Protection grounding terminal
3. Back column 9. Front door
4. Front column 10. Door lock
5. Cable arranging clip 11. Power supply terminal
6. Cable area

TABLE 10 DESCRIPTIONS OF BASIC FITTINGS IN CABINET

Basic Fittings Description

Top outlet Top outlet is located at the top of the cabinet.


Each outlet has a rat-proof net to seal the

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 37


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Basic Fittings Description


cabinet after laying out cables. Under the top
cabling mode, cables are lead-out or lead-in
through this outlet.

Mounting bracket can be fixed in any position


Mounting bracket of the cabinet to place equipment subrack,
power alarm subrack and other components.

Back column is used to fix equipment subrack


Back column
mounted with back lugs.

Front column is used to fix equipment subrack


Front column
mounted with front lugs.

Cable arranging clip is used to fix cables in the


Cable arranging clip
cabinet.

The cable area is located close to the side door


Cable area
of the cabinet.

Bottom outlet is located at the bottom of the


cabinet. Each outlet has a rat-proof net to seal
Bottom outlet the cabinet after laying out cables. Under the
bottom cabling mode, cables are lead-out or
lead-in through this outlet.

Protection grounding The protection grounding terminal of front door


terminal is shown in Figure 22.

The front door of the cabinet has a lock. There


is the equipment nameplate at the top right
Front door corner of the front door. This name plate with
blue ground and white characters indicates the
type of the equipment.

Door lock is located on the left side of the


Door lock
cabinet front door to lock the cabinet door.

Power supply terminal is located at the top of


Power supply
the cabinet, to lead external power cables into
terminal
the cabinet.

FIGURE 22 PROTECTION GROUNDING TERMINAL OF CABINET

1. Cabinet protection grounding ter- 2. Cabinet protection grounding indi-


minal cation

38 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 5 Cabinet

Note:
� The back column in cabinet has the function of grounding cop-
per busbar. To feature excellent performance of electric con-
nection, it connects with the grounding terminals of cabinet
side door, front door, subrack, power alarm subrack and other
components through grounding cables.
� The grounding terminals of subrack, power alarm subrack and
other components are located at the corresponding fittings.

5.3 Cabinet Configuration


Components in cabinet are listed in Table 11.

TABLE 11 CABINET CONFIGURATION IN

Component Quantity
Cabinet Type (Height ×
Width × Deepth) (mm) Power Supply
Subrack
Distribution Box

2200×600×600 1 1

– Users can install devices of other manufacturers in the rest space of the
cabinet according to the actual requirements, such as a router.
– The outline and dimensions of user equipment should meet the mounting
requirements of ZTE transmission equipment cabinet.

The locations of the components in the cabinet are shown in Figure


23.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 39


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 23 CABINET CONFIGURATION

Note:
� User equipment can be mounted at the position where no com-
ponent is located. However, the prerequisite is that the outline
and dimensions of user equipment should meet the mounting
requirements of ZTE transmission equipment cabinet.
� At least 1U (1 U=44.45 mm) space at the bottom of the cabi-
net should be reserved, so as to ensure enough space for the
installation of the cabinet rear door, and ensure the normal
connection of cabinet grounding cables.

5.4 Power Distribution Box


A power distribution box receives external input of the ac-
tive/standby power supply. After filtering and lightning protection,

40 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 5 Cabinet

two pairs of active/standby power units are allocated to the


subracks. provides three types of power distribution boxes: -48
V/-60 V DC, 220 V AC, and 110 V AC. 220 V AC and 110 V AC are
similar in appearance, and 220 V AC will be taken as an example
for illustration.
DC Power The dimensions of the -48 V/-60 V DC power distribution box are
Distribution Box 482.6 mm (width) × 92.8 mm (depth, without screws) ×175 mm
(height), as shown in Figure 24. Its components are described in
Table 12.

FIGURE 24 STRUCTURE OF DC POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX

1. Front panel of power distribution 4. Mounting lug


box 5. External power -48 V/-60 V NEG(-)
2. Subrack -48 V/-60 V NEG(-) out- input
put 6. External power -48 V/-60 V
3. Subrack -48 V/-60 V RTN(+) out- RTN(+) input
put

TABLE 12 COMPONENTS OF DC POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX

Component of DC
Power Distribution Description
Box

The panel of the power distribution box is


fixed at the front of the power distribution
Front panel of power box by captive fasteners. The positions of
distribution box master/slave power air switch are reserved on
both left and right sides, which are marked
with identity and serial number of power supply

Subrack -48 V/-60 V


Connects to the NEG power cord of the subrack
NEG(-) output

Subrack -48 V/-60 V


Connects to the RTN power cord of the subrack
RTN(+) output

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 41


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Component of DC
Power Distribution Description
Box

The rear part of a power distribution box is


equipped with left and right mounting lugs,
Mounting lug
which have captive screws for fixing the power
distribution box within the equipment cabinet.

External power -48


Connects to external –48 V NEG power cord
V/-60 V NEG(-) input

External power -48


Connects to external –48 V RTN power cord
V/-60 V RTN(+) input

At the back of the power distribution box, there


are four connection terminals for grounding
Protection ground
connection terminal Connects to the protection ground cable of the
grounding busbar in equipment room, thus
guaranteeing sound electrical connection of the
whole equipment shell

220 V AC Power The dimensions of the 220 V AC power distribution box are
Distribution Box 482.6 mm (width) × 92.8 mm (depth, without screws) ×220 mm
(height), as shown in Figure 25. Its components are described in
Table 13.

FIGURE 25 STRUCTURE OF 220 V AC POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX

1. External power live wire input 8. Front panel of power distribution


2. Subrack power live wire output box
3. External power protection ground
cable input
4. External power neutral wire input
5. Subrack power neutral wire output
6. Subrack power protection ground
cable output
7. Mounting lug

42 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 5 Cabinet

TABLE 13 COMPONENTS OF 220 V AC POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX

Component of
220 V AC Power Description
Distribution Box

Connects to external 220 V live wire. L–IN1 on


External power live
the left is main power live wire input, and L IN2
wire input
on the right is standby power live wire input

Connects to the 220 V live wire of the subrack.


Subrack power live The left side is used for main power live wire
wire output output, while the right side is used for standby
power live wire output

Connects to external 220 V protection ground


External power
cable. PE–IN1 on the left is main power live
protection ground
wire input, and PE–IN2 on the right is standby
cable input
power live wire input

Connects to external 220 V neutral wire.


External power N–IN1 on the left is main power neutral wire
neutral wire input input, and N–IN2 on the right is standby power
neutral wire input

Connects to the 220 V neutral wire of the


Subrack power subrack. N–OUT1 on the left is main power
neutral wire output neutral wire output, and N–OUT2 on the right
is standby power neutral wire output

Subrack power
PE-OUT connects to the 220 V protection
protection ground
ground cable of the subrack
cable output

The rear part of a power distribution box is


equipped with left and right mounting lugs,
Mounting lug
which have captive screws for fixing the power
distribution box within the equipment cabinet.

The panel of the power distribution box is


fixed at the front of the power distribution
Front panel of power box by captive fasteners. The positions of
distribution box master/slave power air switch are reserved on
both left and right sides, which are marked
with identity and serial number of power supply

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 43


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

This page is intentionally blank.

44 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 6 Subrack
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> Subrack Structure
>> Fan Plug-in Box
>> Board Slots in Subrack

6.1 Subrack Structure


subrack adopts horizontal plug-in structure, which can be classified
into main control board area, service board area, power plug-in
box area, fan area and etc.
The whole equipment design follows IEC (International Electro
technical Commission) standards, which can be installed in IEC
standard cabinet or ETS (European Telecommunication Standards)
standard cabinet. The subrack structure is shown in Figure 26.

FIGURE 26 SUBRACK STRUCTURE

The descriptions of subrack structure are Table 14.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 45


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 14 DESCRIPTION OF SUBRACK STRUCTURE

No. Name Description

Installation
1 It is used to fix subrack in the cabinet.
lug

It is used to insert fan board to ensure excellent


2 Fan area
performance of heat dissipation.

Antistatic
3 wrist strap It is used to access antistatic wrist strap.
plug

It is used to facilitate with the transition of sub-


4 Handle
rack.

Subrack
It is used to access protection grounding to en-
protection
5 sure excellent performance of electromagnetic
grounding
shield.
terminal

Service board It is used to insert the low-speed service inter-


6
area face board to provide external service interfaces.

Main control It is used to insert the main control board to


7
board area provide switching processing for services.

It is used to facilitate with wiring of fiber and


8 Cable clip
cable.

Power plug-in It is used to insert power supply module to pro-


9
box area vide power for the equipment.

6.2 Fan Plug-in Box


The structure of fan plug-in box in is shown in Figure 27. The fan
plug-in box integrates ten parallel fans which use the same socket.

46 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 6 Subrack

FIGURE 27 STRUCTURE OF FAN PLUG-IN BOX

1. Indicator 4. Security alarm sign


2. Lock button 5. Fan
3. Handle

Each subrack configures a fan plug-in box which is located at the


left side of the subrack.

6.3 Board Slots in Subrack


The slot layout of subrack is shown in Figure 28.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 47


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 28 SLOT LAYOUT OF SUBRACK

The subrack includes four service processing board slots, two MSC
main control board slots, three power supply board slots and one
fan slot.
Table 15 lists the relationship between the slots and the corre-
sponding pluggable boards.

TABLE 15 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SUBRACK SLOTS AND CORRESPONDING


BOARDS

Access
Slot No. Ca- Pluggable Board
pacity

P90S1-24GE-RJ, P90S1-24GE-SFP, P90S1-


48GE-RJ, P90S1-48GE-SFP, P90S1-12GE1XGET-
Slot 1 - SFPXFP, P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP, P90S1-
40GE
Slot 4 2XGE-XFP, P90S1-2XGET-XFP, P90S1-4XGE-XFP,
P90S1-4XGET-XFP, P90S1-LPCA+ interface sub-
card

Slot 5 - - P9004-MSC, P9004-MSCT


Slot 6

Power supply board (select any two slots to


Slot 7 - - establish 1+1 redundancy of the power supply
Slot 9
board)

Slot 10 - Fan board

48 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 7 Board Overview
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> Board Structure
>> Board Type
>> Board Naming List
>> Board Slot List

7.1 Board Structure


The dimensions of the front panels and PCBs of the main control
board, service processing board and service sub-card are illus-
trated in Table 16.

TABLE 16 DIMENSIONS OF FRONT PANEL AND PCB OF BOARDS (UNIT: MM)

Board Type Dimensions of Front Panel Dimensions of PCB

Main control
board
2.4 (Height) × 366.5 (Width) ×500
40.3 (Height) ×395.4 (Width)
Service (Depth)
processing
board

Service 2.4 (Height) × 177.3 (Width) ×199.5


40.3 (Height) ×177.3 (Width)
subcard (Depth)

Board spanner is made of aluminum alloy, and locked by captive


fastener. Taking the service processing board as an example, the
board structure is shown in Figure 29.

FIGURE 29 BOARD STRUCTURE

1. Spanner
2. Interface
3. Board indicator
4. Captive fastener
5. PCB
6. Motherboard interface

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 49


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

7.2 Board Type


All the functional boards supported by can be classified into four
types: main control board, service board, motherboard and inter-
face sub-card, as listed in Table 17.

TABLE 17 BOARD TYPE LIST

Board Type Board

Main control
P9004-MSCT, P9004-MSC
board

Motherboard P90S1-LPCA

P90S1-24GE-RJ, P90S1-24GE-SFP, P90S1-48GE-RJ,


P90S1-48GE-SFP, P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP,
Service board
P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP, P90S1-2XGE-XFP, P90S1-
2XGET-XFP, P90S1-4XGE-XFP, P90S1-4XGET-XFP

Interface P90-1P192-XFP, P90-8P12/3-SFP, P90-8GE4COC3-


sub-card SFP, P90-8GE4A3-SFP, P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP

7.3 Board Naming List


All available boards provided for the equipment are listed in Table
18.

TABLE 18 BOARD NAMING LIST OF

Board ID Board Name

P9004-MSC Management & Switching Card for 9004

Management & Switching Card for 9004


P9004-MSCT
(supporting 1588V2 and BITS)

24-port Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 Interface Line Card


P90S1-24GE-RJ
(supporting SyncE)

24-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface Line Card


P90S1-24GE-SFP
(supporting SyncE)

48-port Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 Interface Line Card


P90S1-48GE-RJ
(supporting SyncE)

48-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface Line Card


P90S1-48GE-SFP
(supporting SyncE)

P90S1- 24-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface and


24GE2XGE- 2-port 10Giga Ethernet XFP Interface Line Card
SFPXFP (supporting SyncE)

P90S1- 12-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface and


12GE1XGET- 1-port 10Giga Ethernet XFP Interface Line Card
SFPXFP (8GE+1XGE supporting 1588V2)

50 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 7 Board Overview

Board ID Board Name

2-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP Interface Line


P90S1-2XGE-XFP
Card (supporting SyncE)

2-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP Interface Line


P90S1-2XGET-XFP
Card (supporting 1588V2)

4-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP Interface Line


P90S1-4XGE-XFP
Card (supporting SyncE)

4-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP Interface Line


P90S1-4XGET-XFP
Card (supporting 1588V2)

P90S1-LPCA Multi-service Motherboard (with 2 sub Card slot)

P90-1P192-XFP 1-port OC-192c XFP Interface POS Sub Card

8-port OC-12c/OC-3c configurable SFP Interface


P90-8P12/3-SFP
POS Sub Card

8-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP interface and 1-port


P90-8GE1CP12/3
OC-12/STM-4 CPOS SFP Interface Multi-Service
-SFP
Sub Card

8-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface and 4-port


P90-8GE4COC3-
Channelized STM-1/OC-3 CPOS SFP Interface
SFP
Sub Card

8-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface and 4-port


P90-8GE4A3-SFP
ATM STM-1/OC-3 SFP Interface Sub Card

PM-DC2UB Power DC board for 9004

PM-AC2U Power AC board for 9004

P9004-FAN Fan board for 9004

7.4 Board Slot List


The relationship between board and slot in is illustrated Table 19.

TABLE 19 BOARD SLOT LIST OF

Occu-
Board
Board pied Slot NO. Remark
Type
Number

P9004-MSC Main control


board supports
Main
Slot 5, 1:1 redundancy.
control 1
slot 6 The redundancy
board P9004-MSCT
configuration is
recommended.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 51


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Occu-
Board
Board pied Slot NO. Remark
Type
Number

P90S1-24GE- Slot 1 - -
1
SFP slot 4

Slot 1 - -
P90S1-24GE-RJ 1
slot 4

Slot 1 - -
P90S1-48GE-RJ 1
slot 4

P90S1-48GE- Slot 1 - -
1
SFP slot 4

P90S1-
Slot 1 - -
Fixed 24GE2XGE- 1
slot 4
inter- SFPXFP
face
service P90S1-2XGE- Slot 1 - -
1
board XFP slot 4

P90S1-2XGET- Slot 1 - -
1
XFP slot 4

P90S1-4XGE- Slot 1 - -
1
XFP slot 4

P90S1-4XGET- Slot 1 - -
1
XFP slot 4

P90S1-
Slot 1 - -
12GE1XGET- 1
slot 4
SFPXFP

Multi-service
Multi-
motherboard co-
service Slot 1 -
P90S1-LPCA 1 operating with
mother- slot 4
the interface
board
subcard.

- P90S1-
P90-1P192-XFP
LPCA

- P90S1-
P90-8P12/3-SFP
LPCA
Interface sub-
card cooperating
Inter- P90-8GE4COC3- - P90S1-
with the multi-
face SFP LPCA
service subcard
subcard
which does not
P90-8GE4A3- - P90S1- occupy slot itself.
SFP LPCA

P90-
- P90S1-
8GE1CP12/3-
LPCA
SFP

52 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 7 Board Overview

Occu-
Board
Board pied Slot NO. Remark
Type
Number

Slot 7 - -
PM-AC2U 1
Power slot 9
supply
module Slot 7 -
PM-DC2UB 1 -
slot 9

Fan -
P9004-FAN 1 Slot 10
module

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 53


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

This page is intentionally blank.

54 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 8 Main Control Boards
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> P9004-MSCT
>> P9004-MSC

8.1 P9004-MSCT
8.1.1 Board Functions of P9004-MSCT
Board

P9004-MSCT board is the main control board of , composed of the


main control unit, switching unit and clock unit. As the core board
of the system, it adopts 1+1 backup mode.
P9004-MSCT board implements the following functions:
� Data switching function
� Control function for running system EMS and routing protocol
� Bandwidth management function
� Out-of-band communication function for transmitting
high-speed signaling between service boards
� Clock and time synchronization function

8.1.2 Operating Principle of


P9004-MSCT Board

P9004-MSCT board is composed of the following modules:


� Power supply module
� Supervision module
� Control module
� Communication module
� Clock module
� Logic control module
� Switching module
The operating principle of P9004-MSCT board is illustrated in
Figure 30. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 20.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 55


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 30 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P9004–MSCT BOARD

TABLE 20 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P9004–MSCT BOARD

Module Function Description

Power Power supply module receives power inputted by the sys-


supply tem motherboard, and converts the power to that needed
module by the board.

� Supervise environment information, and manage the


service board, power board and fan board.
Supervi-
� Control board power-on, and report various
sion mod-
information, such as board type, board-in-position,
ule
reset, interruption and etc.
� Print system information and alarms out.

Control module processes EMS, supervision and network


protocol, intensively maintains and upgrades layer-2 and
layer-3 forwarding tables of the system.
� Run EMS protocol.
� Run routing protocol, and maintain global routing
Control table and forwarding table of the system.
module � Monitor master/slave status, and implement MFC
signal for master/slave switching.
� Provide the interface for board debugging
and management.
� Provide temperature detection function.
� Provide system log management function.

56 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 8 Main Control Boards

Module Function Description

Communication module provides high-speed signaling


channel between boards via out-of-band communication
mode.
� Master/slave main control board synchronizes
Commu- and backs up running data via out-of-band
nication communication interface.
module � Routing information are transmitted between the
main control board and the service board via
this high-speed signaling channel.
� The main control board transmits control commands to
service boards via this high-speed signaling channel.

� Receiving direction
Receive clock reference transmitted from the service
board: 2M BITS input clock reference, or clock
Clock reference generated by GPS module.
module � Transmitting direction
Generate system synchronization clock, and
distribute the clock to each service board as
the clock of transmitting data.

� Control IO (Input and Output) signals of the service


board, and concentratively display the running
Logic
status of the service board on the main control
control
board via out-of-band communication.
module
� Control reset signals of the service board, and
reset the designated service board.

Switching module provides 240 Gbit/s bidirectional non-


blocking switching function, with responsibility for concen-
Switching trative transmission of service flow and processing of rel-
module evant services in the whole system. It mainly implements
service cache, queue management, queue scheduling and
etc.

8.1.3 Front Panel of P9004-MSCT


Board

The front panel of P9004-MSCT board is shown in Figure 31. Table


21 describes the front panel and related information of the 9004-
MSCT board.

FIGURE 31 FRONT PANEL OF P9004-MSCT BOARD

1. Captive fastener 5. Board reset button RST


2. Debugging interface CONSOLE 6. Master/salve switching button
3. Local maintenance terminal inter- (EXCH)
face (LCT) 7. Board copy button CPY
4. AUX management interface 8. USB interface

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 57


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

9. Alarm input interface (ALM IN) 16. Running indicator of slave main
10. Alarm output interface (ALM OUT) control board
11. Cabinet lighting interface (CAB 17. Alarm indicator of power supply
LAMP) board
12. EMS interface (Qx) 18. Running indicator of power supply
13. Alarm indicator of master main board
control board 19. Alarm indicator of service board
14. Running indicator of master main 20. Running indicator of service board
control board 21. BITS signal input interface
15. Alarm indicator of slave main con- 22. BITS signal output interface
trol board 23. Time signal interface
24. Spanner

TABLE 21 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P9004–MSCT BOARD

Item Description

Board Type 9004 main control board

Board ID P9004-MSCT

ALM Alarm indicator of the master board, red


MST
RUN Running indicator of the master board, green

ALM Alarm indicator of the slave board, red


SLA
RUN Running indicator of the slave board, green
Indica-
tor
ALM Alarm indicator of the power board, red
PWR-
1-3
RUN Running indicator of the power board, green

ALM Alarm indicator of the service board, red


LIC-
1-4
RUN Running indicator of the service board, green

Debugging interface to connect with the


CONSOLE
debugging terminal (interface type: RJ45)

Local maintenance terminal interface to


LCT connect with the EMS locally (interface
type: RJ45)

Auxiliary interface, supporting 3-wire


AUX serial communication and 7-wire MODEM
(Modulator and Demodulator)

USB (Universal Serial Bus) interface to


USB
Inter- connect with the USB peripheral.
face
ALM IN Alarm input interface (interface type: RJ45)

Alarm output interface (interface type:


ALM OUT
RJ45)

Cabinet lamp interface (interface type:


CAB LAMP
RJ45)

EMS interface to connect with the EMS


QX
remotely (interface type: RJ45)

BITS IN Clock signal input interface

58 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 8 Main Control Boards

Item Description

BITS OUT Clock signal output interface

PPS/TOD Time signal interface

Captive
Fasten the board in the subrack slot.
fastener

Press the button to reset the main control


RST
board.

Compo- Press the button to forcedly switch the main


EXCH
nent control board.

Press the button to dump the current


CPY
running information to the SD card.

Help plug/unplug board, and fasten the


Spanner
board in the subrack slot.

8.1.4 Indicators of P9004-MSCT Board

Table 22 lists working status of P9004-MSCT board and the corre-


sponding status of indicators.

TABLE 22 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS OF 9004-MSCT BOARD

Indicator Status

MST SLA PW1-3 LC1-4


Working Status
RUN RUN RUN RUN
ALM ALM ALM ALM
(Gre- (Gre- (Gre- (Gre-
(Red) (Red) (Red) (Red)
en) en) en) en)

Board is in the - - - - - - -
ON
master state.

Board is in the
master state with ON - - - - - - -
alarms

Board is in the salve - - - - - - -


ON
state.

Board is in the salve - - - - - - -


ON
state with alarms.

Power supply board


in the corresponding - - - - - - -
ON
slot is running
normally.

Power supply board


in the corresponding - - - - ON - - -
slot reports alarms.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 59


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Indicator Status

MST SLA PW1-3 LC1-4


Working Status
RUN RUN RUN RUN
ALM ALM ALM ALM
(Gre- (Gre- (Gre- (Gre-
(Red) (Red) (Red) (Red)
en) en) en) en)

Service board in the


corresponding slot - - - - - - - ON
is running normally.

Service board in the


corresponding slot - - - - - - ON -
reports alarms.

– The “-” symbol means that the indicator status is indefinite.

8.1.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P9004-MSCT Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P9004-MSCT board are described in Table 23.

TABLE 23 ALARM MESSAGES OF P9004–MSCT BOARD

Alarm Re-
Detection Point Alarm Message
Level mark

Server Signal Failure (SSF) Major -

Reception of a CV frame
with an invalid MEP, but Major -
with a valid MEG (UNM)

Client Signal Failure (CSF) Major -


TMP MEP/TMS
MEP/TCM MEP Reception of a CV frame
with invalid Periodicity, but -
Minor
valid MEG and MEPs values
(UNP)

Remote Defect Indication -


Minor
(RDI)

Signal Degrade (SD) Minor -

Loss of timing input Major -

Loss of timing output Major -

Signal Degrade (SD) Major -


Synchronization
timing source Loss of Frame (LOF) Major -

Alarm Indication Signal -


Major
(AIS)

Oscillator aging alarm Minor -

60 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 8 Main Control Boards

Alarm Re-
Detection Point Alarm Message
Level mark

Loss of lock of phase-locked -


Minor
loop

Clock source switching -


Minor
event

Board not-in-position Critical -


Board
Detection point -
Minor
temperature out of limit

Tunnel switching Minor -


Switching
Ring network switching Minor -

Critical -
Loss of Communication
Control Module (CCM -
Major

CCM message error Major -


Connectivity Fault
Management (CFM)
Remote Defect Indication -
Minor
(RDI)

Alarm Indication Signal -


Minor
(AIS)

– Alarm level can be modified in the EMS. The level shown in Table 23 is the
default level of the alarm.

Performance Performance messages of P9004-MSCT board are described in


Table 24.

TABLE 24 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P9004-MSCT BOARD

Whether there
Perform- is any threshold
Detection Performance alarm?
ance Remark
Point Message
Type Performance
Level

Frame loss count at -


Major
near end

Transmitting frame -
No threshold alarm
count at near end

TMS Frame loss count at -


Major
T-MPLS MEP/TMP far end
perform- MEP/TMC
ance MEP/TCM Transmitting frame -
MEP No threshold alarm
count at far end

Defect second count -


Major
at far end

Defect second count -


Major
at near end

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 61


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Perform- is any threshold
Detection Performance alarm?
ance Remark
Point Message
Type Performance
Level

Receiving frame -
No threshold alarm
count at near end

Receiving frame -
No threshold alarm
count at far end

Packet loss rate at -


Major
near end

Packet loss rate at -


Major
far end

Unidirectional delay No threshold alarm -

Bidirectional delay No threshold alarm -

Unidirectional delay -
No threshold alarm
variation

Bidirectional delay -
No threshold alarm
variation

Frame loss count at -


Major
near end

Transmitting frame -
No threshold alarm
count at near end

Frame loss count at -


Major
far end

Transmitting frame -
No threshold alarm
count at far end

Receiving frame -
No threshold alarm
count at near end
CFM
detection
Receiving frame -
point No threshold alarm
count at far end

Packet loss rate at -


Major
near end

Packet loss rate at -


Major
far end

Unidirectional delay No threshold alarm -

Bidirectional delay No threshold alarm -

Unidirectional delay -
No threshold alarm
variation

62 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 8 Main Control Boards

Whether there
Perform- is any threshold
Detection Performance alarm?
ance Remark
Point Message
Type Performance
Level

Bidirectional delay -
No threshold alarm
variation

Analog
Tempera- Detection point
perform- Major unit: ℃
ture temperature
ance

Event None

8.2 P9004-MSC
8.2.1 Functions of P9004–MSC Board

P9004–MSC board is the main control board of , composed of main


control module, switching module and other functional modules.
It adopts 1+1 backup mode and is the core board of the system.
P9004–MSC board implements the following functions:
� Data switching function
� Control function for running system EMS and routing protocols.
� Bandwidth management function
� Out-of-band communication function for transmitting the high-
speed signaling between service boards.

8.2.2 Operating Principle of


P9004–MSC Board

P9004–MSC board is composed of the following modules:


� Power supply module
� Supervision module
� Control module
� Communication module
� Logic control module
� Switching module
The operating principle of P9004–MSC board is illustrated in Figure
32. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in Table 25.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 63


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 32 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P9004–MSC BOARD

TABLE 25 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P9004–MSC BOARD

Module Function Description

Power Power supply module receives power inputted by the sys-


supply tem motherboard, and converts the power to that needed
module by the board.

� Supervise environment information, and manage the


service board, power board and fan board.
Supervi-
� Control board power-on, and report various
sion mod-
information, such as board type, board-in-position,
ule
reset, interruption and etc.
� Print system information and alarms out.

Control module implements processings of EMS, supervi-


sion and network protocol, intensively maintains and up-
grades layer-2 and layer-3 forwarding table of the system.
Control module processes EMS, supervision and network
protocol, intensively maintains and upgrades layer-2 and
layer-3 forwarding tables of the system.
� Run EMS protocol.
Control
� Run routing protocol, and maintain global routing
module
table and forwarding table of the system.
� Monitor master/slave status, and implement MFC
signal for master/slave switching.
� Provide the interface for board debugging
and management.
� Provide temperature detection function.
� Provide system log management function.

64 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 8 Main Control Boards

Module Function Description

Communication module provides high-speed signaling


channel between boards via out-of-band communication
mode.
� Master/slave main control board synchronizes
Commu- and backs up running data via out-of-band
nication communication interface.
module � Routing information are transmitted between the
main control board and the service board via
this high-speed signaling channel.
� The main control board transmits control commands to
service boards via this high-speed signaling channel.

� Control IO (Input and Output) signals of the service


board, and concentratively display the running
Logic
status of the service board on the main control
control
board via out-of-band communication.
module
� Control reset signals of the service board, and
reset the designated service board.

Switching module provides 240 Gbit/s bidirectional non-


blocking switching function, with responsibility for concen-
Switching trative transmission of service flow and processing of rel-
module evant services in the whole system. It mainly implements
service cache, queue management, queue scheduling and
etc.

8.2.3 Front Panel of P9004–MSC Board

The front panel of 9004–MSC board is shown in Figure 33. Table 26


describes the front panel and related information of the 9004–MSC
board.

FIGURE 33 FRONT PANEL OF 9004–MSC BOARD

1. Captive fastener
2. Debugging interface CONSOLE
3. Ethernet management interface
MAGAGEMENT
4. AUX management interface
5. Board reset button RST
6. Board copy button CPY
7. Board Master/Slave Switchover
Button EXCH
8. Read-write indicator of SD card
ACT
9. SD card interface
10. USB interface
11. Status indicator of maser board
MST
12. Status indicator of slave board SLA
13. Running status indicator of power
board PW1–3
14. Running status indicator of service
board LC1-4
15. Extractor

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 65


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 26 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF 9004–MSC BOARD

Item Description

Board Type 9004 main control board

Board ID 9004–MSC

ACT Red-write indicator of the SD card, green

ALM Alarm indicator of the master board, red


MS-
T
RUN Running indicator of the master board, green

ALM Alarm indicator of the slave board, red


Indica- SLA
tor RUN Running indicator of the slave board, green

P- ALM Alarm indicator of the power board, red


W-
1-3 RUN Running indicator of the power board, green

ALM Alarm indicator of the service board, red


LC-
1-4
RUN Running indicator of the service board, green

Debugging interface to connect with the


CONSOLE
debugging terminal (interface type: RJ45)

MAGAGE- EMS interface to connect with ZTE EMS system


MENT (interface type: RJ45)

Inter- Auxiliary interface


face AUX Supporting 3-wire serial communication and
7–wire MODEM (Modulator and Demodulator)

SD SD card read-write interface

USB (Universal Serial Bus) interface to connect


USB
with the USB peripheral.

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener

Press the button to reset the main control


RST
board.
Com- Press the button to forcedly switch the main
EXCH
ponent control board.
Press the button to dump the current running
CPY
information to the SD card.

Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the board


Extractor
in the subrack slot.

8.2.4 Indicators of P9004–MSC Board

Table 27 lists working status of 9004–MSC board and the corre-


sponding status of indicators.

66 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 8 Main Control Boards

TABLE 27 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS OF 9004–MSC BOARD

Indicator Status

MST SLV PW1-3 LC1-4


Working Status
ACT ALM RUN RUN ALM RUN RUN
ALM ALM
(Gr- (Re- (Gre- (Gre- (Re- (Gre- (Gre-
(Red) (Red)
een) d) en) en) d) en) en)

There are data


operations in the ON - - - - - - - -
SD card.

Board is in the - - - - - - - -
ON
master state.

Board is in the
master state with - ON - - - - - - -
alarms.

Board is in the - - - - - - - -
ON
salve state.

Board is in the
salve state with - - - ON - - - - -
alarms.

Power board in
the corresponding - - - - - - - -
ON
slot is running
normally.

Power board in
corresponding slot - - - - - ON - - -
reports alarms.

Service board in
the corresponding - - - - - - - - ON
slot is running
normally.

Service board in
the corresponding - - - - - - - -
ON
slot reports
alarms.

– The “-” symbol means that the indicator status is indefinite

8.2.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P9004–MSC Board

Alarm Alarm messages of 9004–MSC board are described in Table 28.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 67


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 28 ALARM MESSAGES OF 9004–MSC BOARD

Alarm Re-
Detection Point Alarm Message
Level mark

Server Signal Failure (SSF) Major -

Reception of a CV frame
with an invalid MEP, but Major -
with a valid MEG (UNM)

Client Signal Failure (CSF) Major -


TMP MEP/TMS
MEP/TCM MEP Reception of a CV frame
with invalid Periodicity, but -
Minor
valid MEG and MEPs values
(UNP)

Remote Defect Indication -


Minor
(RDI)

Signal Degrade (SD) Minor -

Loss of timing input Major -

Loss of timing output Major -

Signal Degrade (SD) Major -

Loss of Frame (LOF) Major -

Synchronization Alarm Indication Signal -


timing source Major
(AIS)

Oscillator aging alarm Minor -

Loss of lock of phase-locked -


Minor
loop

Clock source switching -


Minor
event

Board not-in-position Critical -


Board
Detection point -
Minor
temperature out of limit

Tunnel switching Tunnel switching Minor -

Loss of Communication -
Critical
Control Module (

CCM) Major -

Connectivity Fault CCM message error Major -


Management (CFM)
Remote Defect Indication -
Minor
(RDI)

Alarm Indication Signal -


Minor
(AIS)

– Alarm level can be modified in the EMS. The level shown in Table 28 is the
default level of the alarm.

68 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 8 Main Control Boards

Performance Performance messages of 9004–MSC board are described in Table


29.

TABLE 29 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF 9004–MSC BOARD

Whether there
Perform- is any threshold
Detection Performance alarm?
ance Remark
Point Message
Type Performance
Level

Frame loss count at -


Major
near end

Transmitting frame -
No threshold alarm
count at near end

Frame loss count at -


Major
far end

Transmitting frame -
No threshold alarm
count at far end

Defect second count -


Major
at far end

Defect second count -


Major
at near end
TMS
MEP/TMP Receiving frame -
No threshold alarm
MEP/TMC count at near end
MEP/TCM
MEP Receiving frame
No threshold alarm -
count at far end

T-MPLS Packet loss ratio at -


Major
perform- near end
ance
Packet loss rate at -
Major
far end

Unidirectional delay No threshold alarm -

Bidirectional delay No threshold alarm -

Unidirectional delay -
No threshold alarm
variation

Bidirectional delay -
No threshold alarm
variation

Frame loss count at -


Major
near end

Transmitting frame -
No threshold alarm
CFM count at near end
detection
point Frame loss count at -
Major
far end

Transmitting frame -
No threshold alarm
count at far end

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 69


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Perform- is any threshold
Detection Performance alarm?
ance Remark
Point Message
Type Performance
Level

Receiving frame -
No threshold alarm
count at near end

Receiving frame -
No threshold alarm
count at far end

Packet loss ratio at -


Major
near end

Packet loss ratio at -


Major
far end

Unidirectional delay No threshold alarm -

Bidirectional delay No threshold alarm -

Unidirectional delay -
No threshold alarm
variation

Bidirectional delay -
No threshold alarm
variation

Analog
Tempera- Detection point
perform- Major unit: ℃
ture temperature
ance

Event None

70 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP
>> P90S1-2XGET/4XGET-XFP
>> P90S1-2XGE-XFP
>> P90S1-4XGE-XFP
>> P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP
>> P90S1-24GE-RJ
>> P90S1-24GE-SFP
>> P90S1-48GE-RJ
>> P90S1-48GE-SFP

9.1 P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP
9.1.1 Functions of P90S1-12GE1XGET-
SFPXFP Board

P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board provides 12 GE (Gigabit Ether-


net) SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable) optical interfaces and one
10GE XFP optical interface.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� All the 12 GE interfaces support 1000BASE-X and 100BASE-FX
auto-sensing functions.
� All the 12 GE interfaces support SyncE, among which port 5
to port 12 support 1588 V2 function. All these 12 ports can
extract and receive Ethernet clock signals, among which port
5 to port 12 can process 1588 time signals.
� The 10GE interface can be configured to be 10GE-LAN or 10GE-
WAN.
� The 10GE interface supports SyncE and 1588 V2 functions,
which can extract and receive Ethernet clock signals, and
process 1588 time signals.
� P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board supports hierarchy QoS
function (H-QoS).
� P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board facilitates the relevant LM
(frame Loss Measurement) and DM (Delay Measurement) func-
tions of system OAM (Operation, Administration and Mainte-
nance).

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 71


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board supports end-to-end detec-


tion and ring network detection of T-MPLS OAM function.
� P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board supports power-on reset
and software reset.
� Both the SFP optical module and XFP optical module can be
turned off by the commands from main control board.
� Both the SFP optical module and XFP optical module support
the online diagnosis function.

9.1.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP Board

P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board is composed of the following


modules:
� Ethernet optical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board is il-
lustrated in Figure 34. The descriptions of functional modules are
listed in Table 30.

FIGURE 34 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP


BOARD

72 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

TABLE 30 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP


BOARD

Module Function Description

Ethernet Ethernet interface module inputs/outputs 12-channel 1G


interface bit/s Ethernet optical signals and 1-channel 10G bit/s
module Ethernet optical signal.

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements
O/E conversion for Ethernet optical signals,
and decoding and parallel/serial conversion for
Interface data. After extracting clock, it transmits data
process- to the service processing module.
ing mod- � Transmitting direction
ule
The interface processing module implements coding
and parallel/serial conversion for signals transmitted
from the service processing module, implements
E/O conversion, and transmits the signals to
Ethernet optical interface module.

Service
� Transmit service signals to the main control
process-
board, and switch services.
ing mod-
� Process system OAM information.
ule

The control module communicates with the main control


board, and executes the following control information de-
livered by the main control board:
� Query interface status of the interface pro-
Control cessing module regularly.
module � Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the digital diagnosis information of
the optical module.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

� Receive clock signals transmitted from the main


control board to be the board synchronization clock.
� Provide clock signals at the line interface to
Clock
be the system clock reference.
module
� Extract time information from the 1588 message.
� Modify the timestamp, insert and transmit the
packet of 1588 message.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement board management.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted by


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 73


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

9.1.3 Front Panel of P90S1-12GE1XG


ET-SFPXFP Board

The front panel of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board is shown in


Figure 35. Table 31 describes the front panel and related informa-
tion of the P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board.

FIGURE 35 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener 5. Data read-write indicator of 10GE


2. Running status indicator of GE op- optical interface (ACT)
tical interface 6. 10GE optical interface 13
3. GE optical interface 1-12 7. Spanner
4. Connection status indicator of
10GE optical interface (LINK)

TABLE 31 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF 90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP


BOARD

Item Description

12-port gigabit Ethernet optical interface


Board Type and 1-port 10 gigabit Ethernet optical
interface line processing board

Board ID P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP

Running status
Running status indicator of GE optical inter-
indicator of GE
face, green
optical interface
Indi-
Data transmitting/receiving indicator of
cator ACT
10GE optical interface, green

Connection status indicator of 10GE optical


LINK
interface, green

1-12 GE optical interface


Inter-
face
13 10GE optical interface

Captive fastener Fasten the board in the subrack slot.


Com-
po-
nent Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the
Spanner
board in the subrack slot.

74 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

9.1.4 Indicators of P90S1-12GE1XGET-


SFPXFP Board

Table 32 lists working status of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board


and the corresponding status of indicators.

TABLE 32 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working
Status LINK No Identity
ACT (Green)
(Green) (Green)

10GE optical
interface is in ON OFF -
connected state.

10GE optical
interface is in -
OFF OFF
disconnected
state.

10GE optical in-


terface is receiv- -
ON Flashing
ing/transmitting
data.

GE optical
interface is in - - ON
connected state.

GE optical
interface is in - - OFF
disconnected
state.

GE optical inter-
face is receiv- - - Flashing
ing/transmitting
data.

9.1.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFP
XFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board are de-


scribed in Table 33.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 75


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 33 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP BOARD

Detection Re-
Alarm Message Alarm Level
Point mark

Ethernet interface link -


Critical
down

Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Optical module missing Critical -

Optical module rate mis- -


Critical
match

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface half- -


Major
duplex connection

Output optical power out -


Major
of limit

Input optical power out of -


Major
Ethernet limit
interface
Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Laser bias current out of -


Minor
limit

Laser temperature out of -


Minor
limit

OAM remote loopback en- -


Minor
able failure

OAM remote loopback dis- -


Minor
able failure

Remote defect indication Minor -

Remote discovery failure Minor -

Board not-in-position Critical -


Board
Detection point -
Minor
temperature out of limit

Performance Performance messages of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board are


described in Table 34.

76 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

TABLE 34 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


Ethernet length of 64 bytes alarm
Ethernet
perform-
interface
ance Received frame count with No threshold -
length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 77


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

9.2 P90S1-2XGET/4XGET-XFP
9.2.1 Functions of P90S1-2XGET-XFP
Board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board

P90S1-2XGET-XFP board provides two 10GE XFP (10-Gigabit Samll


Form-Factor Pluggable) optical interfaces, and P90S1-4XGET-XFP
board provides four 10GE XFP optical interfaces.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Both P90S1-2XGET-XFP board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP board
can be configured to be 10GE-LAN and 10GE-WAN.
� Two 10GE interfaces of the P90S1-2XGET-XFP board support
SyncE and 1588 V2 functions, which can extract and receive
Ethernet clock signals and 1588 time signals. Four 10GE inter-
faces of the P90S1-4XGET-XFP board support SyncE and 1588
V2, which can extract and receive Ethernet clock signals and
1588 time signals.

78 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

� Both P90S1-2XGET-XFP board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP board


support H-QoS (Hierarchical-QoS) function.
� Both P90S1-2XGET-XFP board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP board
facilitate the relevant LM (frame Loss Measurement) and DM
(Delay Measurement) functions of system OAM (Operation, Ad-
ministration and Maintenance).
� Both P90S1-2XGET-XFP board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP board
support end-to-end detection and ring network detection of
T-MPLS (Transport Multi-Protocol Label Switching) OAM func-
tion.
� Both P90S1-2XGET-XFP board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP board
support power-on reset and software reset.
� The XFP optical module supports the online diagnosis function.

9.2.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-2XGET-XFP Board and
P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board

Both P90S1-2XGET-XFP board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP board are


composed of the following modules:
� Ethernet optical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90S1-2XGET-XFP board is illustrated in
Figure 36. The operating principle of P90S1-4XGET-XFP board is
illustrated in Figure 37. The descriptions of functional modules are
listed in Table 35.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 79


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 36 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-2XGET-XFP BOARD

FIGURE 37 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-4XGET-XFP BOARD

TABLE 35 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-2XGET-XFP BOARD AND


P90S1-4XGET-XFP BOARD

Module Function Description

P90S1-2XGET-XFP board: Ethernet interface module in-


Ethernet puts/outputs 2-channel 10G bit/s Ethernet optical signals.
interface
module P90S1-4XGET-XFP board: Ethernet interface module in-
puts/outputs 4-channel 10G bit/s Ethernet optical signals.

80 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Module Function Description

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements
O/E conversion for Ethernet optical signals,
and decoding and parallel/serial conversion for
Interface data. After extracting clock, it transmits data
process- to the service processing module.
ing mod- � Transmitting direction
ule
The interface processing module implements coding
and parallel/serial conversion for signals transmitted
from the service processing module, implements
E/O conversion, and transmits the signals to
Ethernet optical interface module.

Service
� Transmit service signals to the main control
process-
board, and switch services.
ing mod-
� Process system OAM information.
ule

The control module communicates with the main control


board, and executes the following control information de-
livered by the main control board:
� Query interface status of the interface pro-
Control cessing module regularly.
module � Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the digital diagnosis information of
the optical module.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

� Receive clock signals transmitted from the main


control board to be the board synchronization clock.
� Provide clock signals at the line interface to
Clock
be the system clock reference.
module
� Extract time information from the 1588 message.
� Modify the timestamp, insert and transmit the
packet of 1588 message.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement board management.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted by


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

9.2.3 Front Panel of P90S1-2XGET-XFP


Board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board

The front panel of P90S1-2XGET-XFP board is shown in Figure 38.


The front panel of P90S1-4XGET-XFP board is shown in Figure 39.
Table 36 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90S1-2XGET/4XGET-XFP board.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 81


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 38 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-2XGET-XFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener 3. Data read-write indicator of 10GE


2. Connection status indicator of optical interface (ACT)
10GE optical interface (LINK) 4. 10GE optical interface
5. Spanner

FIGURE 39 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-4XGET-XFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener 3. Data read-write indicator of 10GE


2. Connection status indicator of optical interface (ACT)
10GE optical interface (LINK) 4. 10GE optical interface
5. Spanner

TABLE 36 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-2XGET-XFP BOARD AND P90S1-4XGET-XFP


BOARD

Item Description

P90S1-2XGET-XFP board: 2-port 10 gigabit Ethernet


optical interface line processing board
Board Type
P90S1-4XGET-XFP board: 4-port 10 gigabit Ethernet
optical interface line processing board

P90S1-2XGET-XFP board: P90S1-2XGET-XFP


Board ID
P90S1-4XGET-XFP board: P90S1-4XGET-XFP

Data transmitting/receiving indicator of the service


ACT
interface, green
Indica-
tor
Connection status indicator of the service interface,
LINK
green

P90S1-2XGET-XFP board:
1-2
Inter-
10GE optical interface
face
P90S1-4XGET-XFP board:
1-4

82 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Item Description

Captive fastener Fasten the board in the subrack slot.


Com-
ponent Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the board in the
Spanner
subrack slot.

9.2.4 Indicators of P90S1-2XGET-XFP


Board and P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board

Table 37 lists working status of P90S1-12GE1XGET-SFPXFP board


and P90S1-4XGET-XFP board and the corresponding status of in-
dicators.

TABLE 37 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90S1-2XGET-XFP BOARD AND P90S1-4XGET-XFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LINK (Green) ACT (Green)

10GE optical interface


ON OFF
is in connected state.

10GE optical interface


OFF OFF
is in disconnected state.

10GE optical interface is


receiving/transmitting ON Flashing
data.

9.2.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90S1-2XGET-XFP Board
and P90S1-4XGET-XFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90S1-2XGET-XFP board and P90S1-4XGET-


XFP board are described in Table 38.

TABLE 38 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90S1-2XGET-XFP BOARD AND


P90S1-4XGET-XFP BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet interface link -


Critical
down
Ethernet -
Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical
interface
Optical module miss- -
Critical
ing

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 83


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Optical module rate -


Critical
mismatch

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Output optical power -


Major
out of limit

Input optical power -


Major
out of limit

Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Laser bias current out -


Minor
of limit

Laser temperature out -


Minor
of limit

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90S1-2XGET-XFP board and P90S1-


4XGET-XFP board are described in Table 39.

TABLE 39 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90S1-2XGET-XFP BOARD AND P90S1-4XGET-XFP


BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
以太网类 count
以太网端口

Received jumbo frame count Major -

84 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 64 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 85


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

9.3 P90S1-2XGE-XFP
9.3.1 Functions of P90S1-2XGE-XFP
Board

P90S1-2XGE-XFP board provides two 10GE XFP (10-Gigabit Samll


Form-Factor Pluggable) optical interfaces.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� It can be configured as 10GE-LAN and 10GE-WAN.
� Two interfaces support SyncE, and can extract and receive Eth-
ernet clock.
� It supports hierarchical QoS (Quality of Service) function.
� It facilitates the relevant LM (frame Loss Measurement) and
DM (Delay Measurement) functions of system OAM (Operation,
Administration and Maintenance).
� It supports point-to-point detection and ring network detec-
tion of T-MPLS (Transport Multi-Protocol Label Switching) OAM
function.
� It supports power-on reset and software reset.
� The XFP optical module supports the online diagnosis function.

86 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

9.3.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-2XGE-XFP Board

P90S1-2XGE-XFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Ethernet optical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90S1-2XGE-XFP board is illustrated in
Figure 40. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 40.

FIGURE 40 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-2XGE-XFP BOARD

TABLE 40 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-2XGE-XFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Ethernet
Ethernet interface module inputs/outputs 2–channel 10G
interface
bit/s Ethernet optical signals.
module

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements O/E
conversion for Ethernet optical signals, and decoding
Interface and parallel/serial conversion for data. After extracting
process- clock, it transmits data to service processing module.
ing mod-
ule � Transmitting direction
The interface processing module implements
coding and parallel/serial conversion for signals
from service processing module, implements

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 87


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Module Function Description


E/O conversion, and transmits the signals to
Ethernet optical interface module.

Service
� Transmit service signals to the main control
process-
board, and switches services.
ing mod-
� Process system OAM information.
ule

Control module communicates with the main control board,


and executes the following control information delivered by
the main control board:
� Regularly query interface status of the interface
Control processing module
module � Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the digital diagnosis information of
the optical module.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

� Receive clock signals from the main control board


Clock to be the board synchronization clock.
module � Provide clock signals at the line interface to
be the system clock reference.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement the management of board.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted by


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

9.3.3 Front Panel of P90S1-2XGE-XFP


Board

The front panel of P90S1-2XGE-XFP board is shown in Figure 41.


Table 41 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90S1-2XGE-XFP board.

FIGURE 41 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-2XGE-XFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener
2. Connection status indicator LINK
3. Data read-write indicator ACT
4. 10GE optical interface
5. Spanner

88 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

TABLE 41 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-2XGE-XFP BOARD

Item Description

2-port 10Gigabit Ethernet XFP Interface Line


Board Type
Card (supporting SyncE)

Board ID P90S1-2XGE-XFP

Data receiving/transmitting indicator of the


ACT
service interface, green
Indica-
tor
Connection status indicator of the service in-
LINK
terface, green

Inter-
1–2 10GE optical interface
face

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener
Compo-
nent
Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the
Spanner
board in the subrack slot.

9.3.4 Indicators of P90S1-2XGE-XFP


Board

Table 42 lists working status of P90S1–2XGE-XFP board and the


corresponding status of indicators.

TABLE 42 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90S1–2XGE-XFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LINK (Green) ACT (Green)

10GE optical interface


ON OFF
is in connected state.

10GE optical interface


OFF OFF
is in disconnected state.

10GE optical interface is


receiving/transmitting ON Flashing
data.

9.3.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90S1-2XGE-XFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90S1-2XGE-XFP board are described in Table


43.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 89


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 43 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90S1-2XGE-XFP BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet interface link -


Critical
down

Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Optical module miss- -


Critical
ing

Optical module rate -


Critical
mismatch

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Output optical power -


Major
out of limit

Input optical power -


Major
out of limit
Ethernet
interface
Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Laser bias current out -


Minor
of limit

Laser temperature out -


Minor
of limit

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90S1-2XGE-XFP board are described


in Table 44.

90 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

TABLE 44 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90S1-2XGE-XFP BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


Ethernet length of 64 bytes alarm
Ethernet
perform-
interface
ance Received frame count with No threshold -
length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 91


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

9.4 P90S1-4XGE-XFP
9.4.1 Functions of P90S1-4GE-XFP
Board

P90S1-4GE-XFP board provides four 10GE XFP optical interfaces.


The detailed functions are described as follows:
� It can be configured as 10GE-LAN and 10GE-WAN.
� Four interfaces support SyncE, and can extract and receive Eth-
ernet clock.
� It supports hierarchical QoS (Quality of Service) function.
� It facilitates the relevant LM and DM function of system OAM.
� It supports point-to-point detection and ring network detection
of T-MPLS OAM function.
� It supports power-on reset and software reset.

92 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

� The XFP optical module supports the online diagnosis function.

9.4.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-4XGE-XFP Board

P90S1-4XGE-XFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Ethernet optical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90S1-4XGE-XFP board is illustrated in
Figure 42. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 45.

FIGURE 42 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-4XGE-XFP BOARD

TABLE 45 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-4XGE-XFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Ethernet
Ethernet interface module inputs/outputs 4–channel 10G
interface
bit/s Ethernet optical signals.
module

� Receiving direction
Interface The interface processing module implements O/E
process- conversion for Ethernet optical signals, and decoding
ing mod- and parallel/serial conversion for data. After extracting
ule clock, it transmits data to service processing module.
� Transmitting direction

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 93


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Module Function Description


The interface processing module implements
coding and parallel/serial conversion for signals
from service processing module, implements
E/O conversion, and transmits the signals to
Ethernet optical interface module.

� The service processing module transmits


Service
service signals to the main control board,
process-
and switches services.
ing mod-
� The service processing module processes
ule
system OAM information.

Control module communicates with main control board, and


executes the following control information from the main
control board:
� Regularly query interface status of the interface
Control processing module
module � Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the digital diagnosis information of
the optical module.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

� The clock module receives clock signals from the main


Clock control board to be the board synchronization clock.
module � The clock module provides clock signals at line
interface to be the system clock reference.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from main control board to im-
module plement the management of board.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted by


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

9.4.3 Front Panel of P90S1-4XGE-XFP


Board

The front panel of P90S1-4XGE-XFP board is shown in Figure 43.


Table 46 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90S1-4XGE-XFP board.

FIGURE 43 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-4XGE-XFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener
2. Connection status indicator LINK
3. Data read-write indicator ACT
4. 10GE optical interface
5. Spanner

94 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

TABLE 46 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-4XGE-XFP BOARD

Item Description

4-port 10Gigabit Ethernet XFP Interface Line


Board Type
Card (supporting SyncE)

Board ID P90S1-4XGE-XFP

Data receiving/transmitting indicator of the


ACT
service interface, green
Indica-
tor
Connection status indicator of the service in-
LINK
terface, green

Inter-
1–4 10GE optical interface
face

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener
Compo-
nent
Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the
Spanner
board in the subrack slot.

9.4.4 Indicators of P90S1-4XGE-XFP


Board

Table 47 lists working status of P90S1–4XGE-XFP board and the


corresponding status of indicators.

TABLE 47 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90S1–4XGE-XFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LINK (Green) ACT (Green)

10GE optical interface


ON OFF
is in connected state.

10GE optical interface


OFF OFF
is in disconnected state.

10GE optical interface is


receiving/transmitting ON Flashing
data.

9.4.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90S1-4XGE-XFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90S1-4XGE-XFP board are described in Table


48.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 95


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 48 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90S1-4XGE-XFP BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet interface link -


Critical
down

Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Optical module miss- -


Critical
ing

Optical module rate -


Critical
mismatch

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Output optical power -


Major
out of limit

Input optical power -


Major
out of limit
Ethernet
interface
Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Laser bias current out -


Minor
of limit

Laser temperature out -


Minor
of limit

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90S1-4XGE-XFP board are described


in Table 49.

96 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

TABLE 49 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90S1-4XGE-XFP BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


Ethernet length of 64 bytes alarm
Ethernet
perform-
interface
ance Received frame count with No threshold -
length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 97


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

9.5 P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP
9.5.1 Functions of P90S1-24GE2XGE-S
FPXFP Board

P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP board provides 24 GE (Gigabit Ether-


net) SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable) optical interfaces and two
10GE XFP optical interfaces.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� All these 24 GE interfaces support 1000BASE-X and
100BASE-FX auto-sensing functions.
� Four of these 24 GE interfaces support SyncE, and can extract
and receive Ethernet clock.
� 10GE interface can be configured as 10GE-LAN and 10GE-WAN.
� Two 10GE interfaces support SyncE, and can extract and re-
ceive Ethernet clock.

98 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

� It supports hierarchical QoS (Quality of Service) function.


� It facilitates the relevant LM and DM function of system OAM.
� It supports point-to-point detection and ring network detection
of T-MPLS OAM function.
� It supports power-on reset and software reset.
� Both SFP optical interface and XFP optical interface can be
turned off by the commands from main control board.
� Both the SFP optical module and XFP optical module support
the online diagnosis function.

9.5.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP Board

P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP board is composed of the following


modules:
� Ethernet optical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP board is il-
lustrated in Figure 44. The descriptions of functional modules are
listed in Table 50.

FIGURE 44 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP BOARD

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 99


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 50 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Ethernet Ethernet interface module inputs/outputs 24–channel 1G


interface bit/s Ethernet optical signals and 2–channel 10G bit/s
module Ethernet optical signals.

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements O/E
conversion for Ethernet optical signals, and decoding
and parallel/serial conversion for data. After extracting
Interface clock, it transmits data to service processing module.
process-
ing mod- � Transmitting direction
ule The interface processing module implements
coding and parallel/serial conversion for signals
from service processing module, implements
E/O conversion, and transmits the signals to
Ethernet optical interface module.

� The service processing module transmits


Service
service signals to the main control board,
process-
and switches services.
ing mod-
� The service processing module processes
ule
system OAM information.

Control module communicates with the main control board,


and executes the following control information from the
main control board::
� Regularly query interface status of the interface
Control processing module
module � Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the digital diagnosis information of
the optical module.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

� The clock module receives clock signals from the main


Clock control board to the be board synchronization clock.
module � The clock module provides clock signals at line
interface to be the system clock reference.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement board management.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted by


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

9.5.3 Front Panel of P90S1-24GE2XG


E-SFPXFP Board

The front panel of P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP board is shown in


Figure 45. Table 51 describes the front panel and related informa-
tion of the P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP board.

100 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

FIGURE 45 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener 5. Data read–write indicator of 10GE


2. Running indicator of GE optical in- optical interface ACT
terface LINK/ACT 6. 10GE optical interface 1–2
3. GE optical interface 1–24 7. Spanner
4. Connection status indicator of
10GE optical interface LINK

TABLE 51 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP


BOARD

Item Description

24-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface and


Board Type 2-port 10Giga Ethernet XFP Interface Line
Card (supporting SyncE)

Board ID P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP

LINK/ACT Running indicator of GE optical interface, green

Data receiving/transmitting indicator of 10GE


Indica- ACT
optical interface, green
tor
Connection status indicator of 10GE optical in-
LINK
terface, green

1–24 GE optical interface


Inter-
face
1–2 10GE optical interface

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener
Compo-
nent
Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the
Spanner
board in the subrack slot.

9.5.4 Indicators of P90S1–24GE2XGE-


SFPXFP Board

Table 52 lists working status of P90S1–24GE2XGE-SFPXFP board


and the corresponding status of indicators.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 101


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 52 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90S1–24GE2XGE-SFPXFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working
No
Status LINK
ACT (Green) Identification
(Green)
(Green)

10GE optical
interface is in ON OFF -
connected state.

10GE optical
interface is in -
OFF OFF
disconnected
state.

10GE optical in-


terface is receiv- -
ON Flashing
ing/transmitting
data.

GE optical
interface is in - - ON
connected state.

GE optical
interface is in - - OFF
disconnected
state.

GE optical inter-
face is receiv- - - Flashing
ing/transmitting
data.

9.5.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFP
XFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP board are described


in Table 53.

TABLE 53 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet interface link -


Critical
down
Ethernet -
Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical
interface
Optical module miss- -
Critical
ing

102 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Optical module rate -


Critical
mismatch

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Output optical power -


Major
out of limit

Input optical power -


Major
out of limit

Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Laser bias current out -


Minor
of limit

Laser temperature out -


Minor
of limit

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP board are


described in Table 54.

TABLE 54 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90S1-24GE2XGE-SFPXFP BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame Major -


Ethernet count
Ethernet
perform-
interface
ance -
Received jumbo frame count Major

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 103


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame Major -


count

Received discarded frame Major -


count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 64 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

104 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision Major -


frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Analog Major Unit: ℃


Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature
ture
ance

Event None

9.6 P90S1-24GE-RJ
9.6.1 Functions of P90S1-24GE-RJ
Board

P90S1-24GE-RJ board provides 24 GE RJ45 electrical interfaces.


The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Each interface supports 10/100/1000BASE-TX rate auto-sens-
ing function.
� Each interface supports MDX (Medium Dependant
Crossover)/MDIX (Medium Dependant Interface Crossover)
auto-sensing and full-duplex/half-duplex auto-sensing.
� Four of these 24 GE electrical interfaces support SyncE, and
can extract and receive Ethernet clock.
� It supports hierarchical QoS (Quality of Service) function.
� It facilitates the relevant LM and DM function of system OAM.
� It supports point-to-point detection and ring network detection
of T-MPLS OAM function.
� It supports power-on reset and software reset.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 105


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

9.6.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-24GE-RJ Board

P90S1-24GE-RJ board is composed of the following modules:


� Ethernet electrical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90S1-24GE-RJ board is illustrated in
Figure 46. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 55.

FIGURE 46 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-24GE-RJ BOARD

TABLE 55 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-24GE-RJ BOARD

Module Function Description

Ethernet
Ethernet interface module inputs/outputs 24–channel 1G
interface
bit/s Ethernet electrical signals.
module

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements
Interface coding and parallel/serial conversion for signals.
process- After extracting clock, it transmits data to the
ing mod- service processing module.
ule � Transmitting direction
The interface processing module implements
coding and parallel/serial conversion for signals

106 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Module Function Description


from service processing module, and transmits the
signals to Ethernet interface module.

Service � The service processing module transmits service


process- signals to main control board, and switches services.
ing mod- � The service processing module processes
ule system OAM information.

The control module communicates with the main control


board, and executes the following control information from
the main control board:
Control � Regularly query interface status of the interface
module processing module
� Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

� The clock module receives clock signals from the main


Clock control board to be the board synchronization clock.
module � The clock module provides clock signals at line
interface to be the system clock reference.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement board management.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted by


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

9.6.3 Front Panel of P90S1-24GE-RJ


Board

The front panel of P90S1-24GE-RJ board is shown in Figure 47


Table 56 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90S1-24GE-RJ board.

FIGURE 47 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-24GE-RJ BOARD

1. Captive fastener 3. Running indicator of GE electrical


2. GE electrical interface 1–24 interface LINK/ACT
4. Spanner

TABLE 56 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-24GE-RJ BOARD

Item Description

24–port Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 Interface Line


Board Type
Card (supporting SyncE)

Board ID P90S1-24GE-RJ

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 107


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Item Description
Indica- Running indicator of GE electrical interface,
LINK/ACT
tor green
Inter-
1–24 GE electrical interface
face

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener
Compo-
nent
Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the
Spanner
board in the subrack slot.

9.6.4 Indicators of P90S1–24GE-RJ


Board

Table 57 lists working status of P90S1–24GE2XGE-SFPXFP board


and the corresponding status of indicators.

TABLE 57 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90S1-24GE-RJ BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LINK/ACT (Green)

GE electrical interface is in
ON
connected state.

GE electrical interface is in
OFF
disconnected state.

GE electrical interface is
Flashing
receiving/transmitting data.

9.6.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90S1-24GE-RJ Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90S1-24GE-RJ board are described in Table


58.

TABLE 58 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90S1-24GE-RJ BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet interface link -


Critical
down
Ethernet -
Transmit Fail (TF) Critical
interface
Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

108 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90S1-24GE-RJ board are described in


Table 59.

TABLE 59 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90S1-24GE-RJ BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Ethernet Major
Ethernet count
perform-
interface
ance
No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 109


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 64 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

110 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Event None

9.7 P90S1-24GE-SFP
9.7.1 Functions of P90S1-24GE-SFP
Board

P90S1-24GE-SFP board provides 24 GE SFP optical interfaces.


The detailed functions are described as follows:
� All these 24 GE interfaces supports 1000BASE-X and
100BASE-FX auto-sensing functions.
� Four of these 24 GE interfaces support SyncE, and can extract
and receive Ethernet clock.
� It supports hierarchical QoS (Quality of Service) function.
� It facilitates the relevant LM and DM function of system OAM.
� It supports point-to-point detection and ring network detection
of T-MPLS OAM function.
� It supports power-on reset and software reset.
� SFP optical interface can be turned off by the commands from
the main control board.
� The SFP optical module supports the online diagnosis function.

9.7.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-24GE-SFP Board

P90S1-24GE-SFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Ethernet optical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90S1-24GE-SFP board is illustrated in
Figure 48. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 60.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 111


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 48 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-24GE-SFP BOARD

TABLE 60 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-24GE-SFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Ethernet
Ethernet interface module inputs/outputs 24–channel 1G
interface
bit/s Ethernet optical signals.
module

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements
O/E conversion for Ethernet optical signals,
and decoding and parallel/serial conversion for
Interface data. After extracting clock, it transmits data
process- to the service processing module.
ing mod- � Transmitting direction
ule
The interface processing module implements
coding and parallel/serial conversion for signals
from service processing module, implements
E/O conversion, and transmits the signals to
Ethernet optical interface module.

� The service processing module transmits


Service
service signals to the main control board,
process-
and switches services.
ing mod-
� The service processing module processes
ule
system OAM information.

The control module communicates with the main control


board, and executes the following control information from
the main control board:
� Regularly query interface status of the interface
Control processing module
module � Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the digital diagnosis information of
the optical module.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

112 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Module Function Description

� The clock module receives clock signals from the main


Clock control board to be the board synchronization clock.
module � The clock module provides clock signals at the line
interface to be the system clock reference.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement board management.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted by


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

9.7.3 Front Panel of P90S1-24GE-SFP


Board

The front panel of P90S1-24GE-SFP board is shown in Figure 49.


Table 61 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90S1-24GE-SFP board.

FIGURE 49 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-24GE-SFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener 3. Running indicator of GE optical in-


2. GE optical interface 1–24 terface LINK/ACT
4. Spanner

TABLE 61 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-24GE-SFP BOARD

Item Description

24-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface Line


Board Type
Card (supporting SyncE)

Board ID P90S1-24GE-SFP
Indica-
LINK/ACT Running indicator of GE optical interface, green
tor
Inter-
1–24 SFP-type GE optical interface
face

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener
Compo-
nent
Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the
Spanner
board in the subrack slot.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 113


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

9.7.4 Indicators of P90S1–24GE-SFP


Board

Table 62 lists working status of P90S1–24GE-SFP board and the


corresponding status of indicators.

TABLE 62 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90S1-24GE-SFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LINK/ACT (Green)

GE optical interface is in
ON
connected state.

GE optical interface is in
OFF
disconnected state.

GE optical interface is
Flashing
receiving/transmitting data.

9.7.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90S1-24GE-SFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90S1-24GE-SFP board are described in Table


63.

TABLE 63 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90S1-24GE-SFP BOARD

Detection Alarm
Alarm Level Remark
Point Message

Ethernet inter- -
Critical
face link down

Loss Of Signal -
Critical
(LOS)

Optical module -
Critical
missing

Optical module -
Critical
Ethernet rate mismatch
interface
Transmit Fail -
Critical
(TF)

Ethernet inter-
face half-duplex Major -
connection

Output optical
power out of Major -
limit

114 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Detection Alarm
Alarm Level Remark
Point Message

Input optical
power out of Major -
limit

Link invalidation Major -

Non-
recoverable Major -
error

Laser current -
Minor
bias out of limit

Laser tempera- -
Minor
ture out of limit

OAM remote
loopback enable Minor -
failure

OAM remote
loopback dis- Minor -
able failure

Remote defect -
Minor
indication

Remote discov- -
Minor
ery failure

Board not-in- -
Critical
position
Board
Detection point
temperature Minor -
out of limit

Performance Performance messages of P90S1-24GE-SFP board are described in


Table 64.

TABLE 64 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90S1-24GE-SFP BOARD

Perform- Detection Performance


Performance Message Remark
ance Type Point Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame -


Major
count

Ethernet Ethernet Received jabber frame -


Major
performance interface count

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 115


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Perform- Detection Performance


Performance Message Remark
ance Type Point Level

Received byte count No threshold alarm -

Received frame count No threshold alarm -

Received multicast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Received broadcast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 64 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 65-127 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 128-255 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 256-511 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 512-1023 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 1024-1522 bytes

Received unicast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

Transmitted byte count No threshold alarm -

Transmitted unicast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Transmitted frame count No threshold alarm -

Transmitted multicast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Transmitted broadcast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

116 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Perform- Detection Performance


Performance Message Remark
ance Type Point Level

Laser bias current Major -

Analog Detection point


Temperature Major Unit: ℃
performance temperature

Event None

9.8 P90S1-48GE-RJ
9.8.1 Functions of P90S1-48GE-RJ
Board

P90S1-48GE-RJ board provides 48 GE RJ45 electrical interfaces.


The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Each interface supports 100/1000BASE-TX rate auto-sensing
function.
� Each interface supports MDX/MDIX auto-sensing and full-du-
plex/half-duplex auto-sensing functions.
� Four of these 48 GE interfaces support SyncE, and can extract
and receive Ethernet clock.
� It supports hierarchical QoS (Quality of Service) function.
� It facilitates the relevant LM and DM function of system OAM.
� It supports point-to-point detection and ring network detection
of T-MPLS OAM function.
� It supports power-on reset and software reset.

9.8.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-48GE-RJ Board

P90S1-48GE-RJ board is composed of the following modules:


� Ethernet electrical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 117


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

The operating principle of P90S1-48GE-RJ board is illustrated in


Figure 50. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 65.

FIGURE 50 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-48GE-RJ BOARD

TABLE 65 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-48GE-RJ BOARD

Module Function Description

Ethernet
Ethernet interface module inputs/outputs 48–channel 1G
interface
bit/s Ethernet electrical signals.
module

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements
coding and parallel/serial conversion for signals.
Interface After extracting clock, it transmits data to the
process- service processing module.
ing mod- � Transmitting direction
ule
The interface processing module implements
coding and parallel/serial conversion for signals
from service processing module, and transmits the
signals to Ethernet interface module.

� The service processing module transmits


Service
service signals to the main control board,
process-
and switches services.
ing mod-
� The service processing module processes
ule
system OAM information.

The control module communicates with the main control


board, and executes the following control information from
the main control board:
Control � Regularly query interface status of the interface
module processing module
� Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

118 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Module Function Description

� The clock module receives clock signals from the main


Clock control board to be the board synchronization clock.
module � The clock module provides clock signals at line
interface to be the system clock reference.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from main control board to im-
module plement board management.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted by


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

9.8.3 Front Panel of P90S1-48GE-RJ


Board

The front panel of P90S1-48GE-RJ board is shown in Figure 51.


Table 66 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90S1-48GE-RJ board.

FIGURE 51 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-48GE-RJ BOARD

1. Captive fastener 3. Running indicator of GE electrical


2. GE electrical interface 1–48 interface LINK/ACT
4. Spanner

TABLE 66 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-48GE-RJ BOARD

Item Description

48-port Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 Interface Line


Board Type
Card (supporting SyncE)

Board ID P90S1-48GE-RJ
Indica- Running indicator of GE electrical interface,
LINK/ACT
tor green
Inter-
1–48 GE electrical interface
face

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener
Compo-
nent
Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the
Spanner
board in the subrack slot.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 119


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

9.8.4 Indicators of P90S1–48GE-RJ


Board

Table 67 lists working status of P90S1–48GE-RJ board and the cor-


responding status of indicators.

TABLE 67 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90S1-48GE-RJ BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LINK/ACT (Green)

GE electrical interface is in
ON
connected state.

GE electrical interface is in
OFF
disconnected state.

GE electrical interface is
Flashing
receiving/transmitting data.

9.8.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90S1-48GE-RJ Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90S1-48GE-RJ board are described in Table


68.

TABLE 68 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90S1-48GE-RJ BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet port link -


Critical
down

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Link invalidation Major -


Ethernet
interface Non-recoverable error Major -

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

120 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90S1-48GE-RJ board are described in


Table 69.

TABLE 69 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90S1-48GE-RJ BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Ethernet Received frame count
Ethernet alarm
perform-
interface
ance
Received multicast frame No threshold -
count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 64 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 121


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

122 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

9.9 P90S1-48GE-SFP
9.9.1 Functions of P90S1-48GE-SFP
Board

P90S1-48GE-SFP board provides 48 GE SFP optical interfaces.


The detailed functions are described as follows:
� All these 48 GE interfaces support 1000BASE-X and
100BASE-FX auto-sensing functions.
� Four of these 48 GE interfaces support SyncE, and can extract
and receive Ethernet clock.
� It supports hierarchical QoS (Quality of Service) function.
� It facilitates the relevant LM and DM function of system OAM.
� It supports point-to-point detection and ring network detection
of T-MPLS OAM function.
� It supports power-on reset and software reset.
� The SFP optical interface can be turned off by the commands
from the main control board.
� The SFP optical module supports the online diagnosis function.

9.9.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-48GE-SFP Board

P90S1-48GE-SFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Ethernet optical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90S1-48GE-SFP board is illustrated in
Figure 52. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 70.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 123


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 52 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-48GE-SFP BOARD

TABLE 70 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-48GE-SFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Ethernet
Ethernet interface module inputs/outputs 48–channel 1G
interface
bit/s Ethernet optical signals.
module

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements
O/E conversion for Ethernet optical signals,
and decoding and parallel/serial conversion for
Interface data. After extracting clock, it transmits data
process- to the service processing module.
ing mod- � Transmitting direction
ule
The interface processing module implements
coding and parallel/serial conversion for signals
from the service processing module, implements
E/O conversion, and transmits the signals to
Ethernet optical interface module.

� The service processing module transmits


Service
service signals to the main control board,
process-
and switches services.
ing mod-
� The service processing module processes
ule
system OAM information.

Control module communicates with main control board, and


executes the following control information from main con-
trol board:
� Regularly query interface status of the interface
Control processing module
module � Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the digital diagnosis information of
the optical module.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

124 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Module Function Description

� The clock module receives clock signals from the main


Clock control board to be the board synchronization clock.
module � The clock module provides clock signals at line
interface to be the system clock reference.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement the management of the board.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted by


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

9.9.3 Front Panel of P90S1-48GE-SFP


Board

The front panel of P90S1-48GE-SFP board is shown in Figure 53.


Table 71 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90S1-48GE-SFP board.

FIGURE 53 FRONT PANEL OF P90S1-48GE-SFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener 3. Running indicator of GE optical in-


2. GE optical interface 1–48 terface LINK/ACT
4. Spanner

TABLE 71 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-48GE-SFP BOARD

Item Description

48-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface Line


Board Type
Card (supporting SyncE)

Board ID P90S1-48GE-SFP
Indica-
LINK/ACT Running indicator of GE optical interface, green
tor
Inter-
1–48 GE optical interface
face

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener
Compo-
nent
Help plug/unplug boards, and fasten the
Spanner
board in the subrack slot.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 125


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

9.9.4 Indicators of P90S1–48GE-SFP


Board

Table 72 lists working status of P90S1–48GE-SFP board and the


corresponding status of indicators.

TABLE 72 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90S1-48GE-SFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LINK/ACT (Green)

GE optical interface is in
ON
connected state.

GE optical interface is in
OFF
disconnected state.

GE optical interface is
Flashing
receiving/transmitting data.

9.9.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90S1-48GE-SFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90S1-48GE-SFP board are described in Table


73.

TABLE 73 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90S1-48GE-SFP BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet port link -


Critical
down

Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Optical module miss- -


Critical
ing

Optical module rate -


Critical
mismatch
Ethernet
interface -
Transmit Fail (TF) Critical

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Output optical power -


Major
out of limit

Input optical power -


Major
out of limit

126 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Laser bias current out -


Minor
of limit

Laser temperature out -


Minor
of limit

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90S1-48GE-SFP board are described in


Table 74.

TABLE 74 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90S1-48GE-SFP BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Ethernet Major
Ethernet count
perform-
interface
ance
Received discarded frame -
Major
count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 127


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 64 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

128 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 9 Service Boards

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Laser bias current Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 129


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

This page is intentionally blank.

130 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> P90-1XGET-SFP
>> P90-8GET-RJ
>> P90-8GET-SFP
>> P90-8GE-RJ
>> P90-8GE-SFP
>> P90-24E1-CX
>> P90-24E1-TX
>> P90-24T1-TX
>> P90-4OC3-SFP
>> P90-4COC3-SFP
>> P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP
>> P90-8GE4A3-SFP
>> P90-8GE4COC3-SFP

10.1 P90-1XGET-SFP
10.1.1 Functions of P90-1XGET-XFP
Board

P90-1XGET-XFP board provides one 10GE XFP optical interface.


The detailed functions are described as follows:
� The P90-1XGET-XFP board can be configured to be 10GE-LAN
or 10GE-WAN.
� The 10GE interface supports SyncE and 1588 V2, which can
extract and receive Ethernet clock signals and 1588 time sig-
nals.
� The P90-1XGET-XFP board supports H-QoS (Hierarchical-QoS)
function.
� The P90-1XGET-XFP board facilitates the relevant LM (frame
Loss Measurement), and DM (Delay Measurement) functions
of system OAM (Operation, Administration and Maintenance).
� The P90-1XGET-XFP board supports end-to-end detection and
ring network detection of T-MPLS (Transport Multi-Protocol La-
bel Switching) OAM function.
� The P90-1XGET-XFP board supports power-on reset and soft-
ware reset.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 131


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� The XFP optical module supports the online diagnosis function.

10.1.2 Operating Principle of


P90-1XGET-XFP Board

P90-1XGET-XFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Ethernet optical interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90-1XGET-XFP board is illustrated in
Figure 54. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 75.

FIGURE 54 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-1XGET-XFP BOARD

TABLE 75 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-1XGET-XFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Ethernet
Ethernet interface module inputs/outputs 1-channel 10G
interface
bit/s Ethernet optical signal.
module

� Receiving direction
Interface The interface processing module implements
process- O/E conversion for Ethernet optical signals,
ing mod- and decoding and parallel/serial conversion for
ule data. After extracting clock, it transmits data
to the service processing module.

132 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Module Function Description


� Transmitting direction
The interface processing module implements coding
and parallel/serial conversion for signals transmitted
from the service processing module, implements
E/O conversion, and transmits the signals to
Ethernet optical interface module.

Service
� Transmit service signals to the main control
process-
board, and switch services.
ing mod-
� Process system OAM information.
ule

The control module communicates with the main control


board, and executes the following control information de-
livered from the main control board::
� Query interface status of the interface pro-
Control cessing module regularly.
module � Detect LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicator
status of Ethernet interface.
� Read the digital diagnosis information of
the optical module.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

� Receive clock signals transmitted from the main


control board to be the board synchronization clock.
� Provide clock signals at the line interface to
Clock
be the system clock reference.
module
� Extract time information from the 1588 message.
� Modify the timestamp, insert and transmit the
packet of 1588 message.

EMS in- The EMS interface module downloads board version and
terface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement board management.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted from


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

10.1.3 Front Panel of P90-1XGET-XFP


Board

The front panel of P90-1XGET-XFP board is shown in Figure 55.


Table 76 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90-1XGET-XFP board.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 133


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 55 FRONT PANEL OF P90-1XGET-XFP BOARD

1. Spanner 3. Connection status indicator (LINK)


2. Data read-write indicator (ACT) 4. 10GE optical interface

TABLE 76 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-1XGET-XFP BOARD

Item Description

1-port 10 gigabit Ethernet optical


Board Type
interface line processing board

Board ID P90-1XGET-XFP

Data transmitting/receiving indicator of


ACT
Indi- the service interface, green
ca-
tor Connection status indicator of the service
LINK
interface, green

In-
ter- 1 10GE optical interface
face

Co-
m-
Spanner Help plug/unplug boards.
po-
nent

10.1.4 Indicators of P90-1XGET-XFP


Board

Table 77 lists working status of P90-1XGET-XFP board and the cor-


responding status of indicators.

134 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 77 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90-1XGET-XFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LINK (Green) ACT (Green)

10GE optical interface


ON OFF
is in connected state.

10GE optical interface


OFF OFF
is in disconnected state.

10GE optical interface is


receiving/transmitting ON Flashing
data.

10.1.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-1XGET-XFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-1XGET-XFP board are described in Table


78.

TABLE 78 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-1XGET-XFP BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet port link -


Critical
down

Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Optical module miss- -


Critical
ing

Optical module rate -


Critical
mismatched

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet Ethernet interface -


Major
interface half-duplex connection

Output optical power -


Major
out of limit

Input optical power -


Major
out of limit

Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Laser bias current out -


Minor
of limit

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 135


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Laser temperature out -


Minor
of limit

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90-1XGET-XFP board are described in


Table 79.

TABLE 79 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-1XGET-XFP BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersized frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Ethernet Major
Ethernet count
perform-
interface
ance
No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

136 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 64 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 137


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Event None

10.2 P90-8GET-RJ
10.2.1 Functions of P90-8GET-RJ
Board

P90-8GET-RJ board supports eight GE electrical interfaces. The


P90-8GET-RJ board can not form an integrated functional board in-
dependently, but needs to cooperate with the multi-service moth-
erboard to implement the service processing function.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Input/output 8-channel GE electrical signals.
� Eight RJ45 interfaces support 10/100/1000BASE-T auto-sens-
ing function.
� Support line clock extraction and synchronous data transmit-
ting/receiving functions.
� Support synchronous Ethernet function.
� Support 1588 V2 function.
� Support LM/DM function.

10.2.2 Operating Principle of


P90-8GET-RJ Board

P90-8GET-RJ board is composed of the following modules: :


� Interface module
� PHY processing module
� FPGA processing module
� Logical module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
� Motherboard interface module
The operating principle of P90-8GET-RJ board is illustrated in
Figure 56. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 80.

138 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

FIGURE 56 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-8GET-RJ BOARD

TABLE 80 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GET-RJ BOARD

Module Function Description

Interface module inputs/outputs 8-channel GE


Interface module
electrical signals.

� Process signals at the physical layer of Ethernet


PHY processing
interface.
module
� Extract synchronous clock signals.

� Demultiplex data signals.


� Interrupt signal processing.
� Perform reset processing.
Logical module
� Select or demultiply line extraction clock
source.
� Perform LM/DM function.

FPGA processing module extracts and processes


FPGA processing
PTP information packet, and implements 1588
module
transparent transmission function.

� Receive clock signals transmitted from


the main control board to be the board
synchronization clock.
� Provide clock signals at the line interface to
Clock module be the system clock reference.
� Extract time information from the
1588 message.
� Modify the timestamp, insert and transmit
the packet of 1588 message.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 139


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Module Function Description

The power supply module receives power inputted


Power supply
from the system motherboard, and converts the
module
power to that needed by the board.

� Work as the bridge to connect with the main


Motherboard
control board.
interface module
� Implement buffer processing for some signals.

10.2.3 Front Panel of P90-8GET-RJ


Board

The front panel of P90-8GET-RJ board is shown in Figure 57. Table


81 describes the front panel and related information of the P90-
8GET-RJ board.

FIGURE 57 FRONT PANEL OF P90-8GET-RJ BOARD

1. GE electrical interface 2. Interface indicator

TABLE 81 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GET-RJ BOARD

Item Description

8-port 10 gigabit Ethernet electrical interface


Board Type
subcard

Board ID P90-8GET-RJ

Working status indicator of electrical interface,


Indicator 1-8
green

Interface GE electrical interface

10.2.4 Indicators of P90-8GET-RJ


Board

Table 82 lists working status of P90-8GET-RJ board and the corre-


sponding status of indicators.

140 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 82 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90-8GET-RJ BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
1-8 (Green)

GE electrical interface is in
ON
connected state.

GE electrical interface is in
OFF
disconnected state.

GE electrical interface is
Flashing
receiving/transmitting data.

10.2.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-8GET-RJ Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-8GET-RJ board are described in Table 83.

TABLE 83 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-8GET-RJ BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet port link -


Critical
down

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -


Ethernet
interface
OAM remote loopback -
Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90-8GET-RJ board are described in


Table 84.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 141


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 84 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-8GET-RJ BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


Ethernet length of 64 bytes alarm
Ethernet
perform-
interface
ance Received frame count with No threshold -
length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

142 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

10.3 P90-8GET-SFP
10.3.1 Functions of P90-8GET-SFP
Board

P90-8GET-SFP board supports eight GE optical interfaces. The


P90-8GET-SFP board can not form an integrated functional board
independently, but needs to cooperate with the multi-service
motherboard to implement the service processing function.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Input/output 8-channel GE optical signals.
� Eight SFP interfaces supports 100FX/1000BASE-X auto-sens-
ing function.
� Support line clock extraction and synchronous data transmit-
ting/receiving functions.
� Support synchronous Ethernet function.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 143


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� Support 1588 V2 function.


� Support LM/DM function.

10.3.2 Operating Principle of


P90-8GET-SFP Board

P90-8GET-SFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Interface module
� PHY processing module
� FPGA processing module
� Logical module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
� Motherboard interface module
The operating principle of P90-8GET-SFP board is illustrated in
Figure 58. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 85.

FIGURE 58 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-8GET-SFP BOARD

144 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 85 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GET-SFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Interface module inputs/outputs 8-channel optical


Interface module
signals.

� Process signals at the physical layer of Ethernet


PHY processing
interface.
module
� Extract synchronous clock signals.

� Demultiplex data signals.


� Interrupt signal processing.
� Perform reset processing.
Logical module
� Select or demultiply line extraction clock
source.
� Perform LM/DM function.

� Receive clock signals transmitted from


the main control board to be the board
synchronization clock.
� Provide clock signals at the line interface to
Clock module be the system clock reference.
� Extract time information from the
1588 message.
� Modify the timestamp, insert and transmit
the packet of 1588 message.

FPGA processing module extracts and processes


FPGA processing
PTP information packet, and implements 1588
module
transparent transmission function.

The power supply module receives power inputted


Power supply
from the system motherboard, and converts the
module
power to that needed by the board.

� Work as the bridge to connect with the main


Motherboard
control board.
interface module
� Implement buffer processing for some signals.

10.3.3 Front Panel of P90-8GET-SFP


Board

The front panel of P90-8GET-SFP board is shown in Figure 59.


Table 86 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90-8GET-SFP board.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 145


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 59 FRONT PANEL OF P90-8GET-SFP BOARD

1. GE optical interface 2. GE optical interface indicator

TABLE 86 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GET-SFP BOARD

Item Description

8-port 10 gigabit Ethernet optical interface


Board Type
subcard

Board ID P90-8GET-SFP

Working status indicator of GE optical


Indicator 1-8
interface, green

Interface 1-8 GE optical interface

10.3.4 Indicators of P90-8GET-SFP


Board

Table 87 lists working status of P90-8GET-SFP board and the cor-


responding status of indicators.

TABLE 87 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90-8GET-SFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
1-8 (Green)

GE optical interface is in
ON
connected state.

GE optical interface is in
OFF
disconnected state.

GE optical interface is
Flashing
receiving/transmitting data.

146 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

10.3.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-8GET-SFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-8GET-SFP board are described in Table 88.

TABLE 88 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-8GET-SFP BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet port link -


Critical
down

Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Optical module miss- -


Critical
ing

Optical module rate -


Critical
mismatch

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Output optical power -


Major
out of limit

Input optical power -


Major
out of limit
Ethernet
interface
Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Laser bias current out -


Minor
of limit

Laser temperature out -


Minor
of limit

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 147


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Performance Performance messages of P90-8GET-SFP board are described in


Table 89.

TABLE 89 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-8GET-SFP BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


Ethernet count alarm
Ethernet
perform-
interface
ance Received frame count with No threshold -
length of 64 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

148 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

10.4 P90-8GE-RJ
10.4.1 Functions of P90-8GE-RJ Board

P90-8GE-RJ board supports eight GE electrical interfaces. The


P90-8GE-RJ board can not form an integrated functional board in-
dependently, but needs to cooperate with the multi-service moth-
erboard to implement the service processing function.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Input/output 8-channel GE electrical signals.
� Eight RJ45 interfaces support 10/100/1000BASE-T auto-sens-
ing function.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 149


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� Support line clock extraction and synchronous data transmit-


ting/receiving functions.
� Support synchronous Ethernet function.

10.4.2 Operating Principle of


P90-8GE-RJ Board

P90-8GE-RJ board is composed of the following modules:


� Interface module
� PHY processing module
� Logical module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
� Motherboard interface module
The operating principle of P90-8GE-RJ board is illustrated in Figure
60. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in Table 90.

FIGURE 60 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-8GE-RJ BOARD

TABLE 90 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE-RJ BOARD

Module Function Description

The interface module inputs/outputs 8-channel GE


Interface module
electrical signals.

PHY processing � Synchronize data signals.


module � Extract synchronous clock signals.

150 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Module Function Description

� Demultiplex data signals.


� Interrupt signal processing.
Logical module � Perform reset processing.
� Select or demultiply line extraction clock
source.

� Receive clock signals transmitted from the main


control board to be the board synchronization
Clock module clock.
� Provide clock signals at the line interface to be
the system clock reference.

The power supply module receives power inputted


Power supply
from the system motherboard, and converts the
module
power to that needed by the board.

� Work as the bridge to connect with the main


Motherboard
control board.
interface module
� Implement buffer processing for some signals.

10.4.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE-RJ


Board

The front panel of P90-8GE-RJ board is shown in Figure 61。 Table


91 describes the front panel and related information of the P90-
8GE-RJ board.

FIGURE 61 FRONT PANEL OF P90-8GE-RJ BOARD

1. GE electrical interface 2. Interface indicator

TABLE 91 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE-RJ BOARD

Item Description

8-port 10 gigabit Ethernet electrical interface


Board Type
subcard

Board ID P90-8GE-RJ

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 151


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Item Description

Working status indicator of the electrical


Indicator 1-8
interface, green

Interface GE electrical interface

10.4.4 Indicators of P90-8GE-RJ Board

Table 92 lists working status of P90-8GE-RJ board and the corre-


sponding status of indicators.

TABLE 92 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90-8GE-RJ BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
1-8 (Green)

GE electrical interface is in
ON
connected state.

GE electrical interface is in
OFF
disconnected state.

GE electrical interface is
Flashing
receiving/transmitting data.

10.4.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-8GE-RJ Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-8GE-RJ board are described in Table 93.

TABLE 93 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-8GE-RJ BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet port link -


Critical
down

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
Ethernet half-duplex connection
interface
Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

152 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

Performance Performance messages of P90-8GE-RJ board are described in Table


94.

TABLE 94 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-8GE-RJ BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

No threshold -
Ethernet Received byte count
Ethernet alarm
perform-
interface
ance
No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 64 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 153


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Laser current bias Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

154 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

10.5 P90-8GE-SFP
10.5.1 Functions of P90-8GE-SFP
Board

P90-8GE-SFP board supports eight GE optical interfaces. The P90-


8GE-SFP board can not form an integrated functional board inde-
pendently, but needs to cooperate with the multi-service mother-
board to implement the service processing function.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Input/output 8-channel GE optical signals.
� Eight SFP interfaces supports 100FX/1000BASE-X auto-sens-
ing function.
� Support line clock extraction and synchronous data transmit-
ting/receiving functions.
� Support synchronous Ethernet function.

10.5.2 Operating Principle of


P90-8GE-SFP Board

P90-8GE-SFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Interface module
� Logical module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
� Motherboard interface module
The operating principle of P90-8GE-SFP board is illustrated in
Figure 62. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 95.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 155


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 62 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-8GE-SFP BOARD

TABLE 95 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE-SFP BOARD

Module Function Description

� Input/output 8-channel GE optical signals.


Interface module � Synchronize data signals.
� Extract synchronous clock signals.

� Demultiplex data signals.


� Interrupt signal processing.
Logical module � Perform reset processing.
� Select or demultiply line extraction clock
source.

� Receive clock signals transmitted from


the main control board to be the board
Clock module synchronization clock.
� Provide clock signals at the line interface to
be the system clock reference.

The ower supply module receives power inputted


Power supply
from the system motherboard, and converts the
module
power to that needed by the board.

� Work as the bridge to connect with the main


Motherboard
control board.
interface module
� Implement buffer processing for some signals.

10.5.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE-SFP


Board

The front panel of P90-8GE-SFP board is shown in Figure 63. Table


96 describes the front panel and related information of the P90-
8GE-SFP board.

156 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

FIGURE 63 FRONT PANEL OF P90-8GE-SFP BOARD

1. GE optical interface 2. GE optical interface indicator

TABLE 96 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE-SFP BOARD

Item Description

8-port 10 gigabit Ethernet optical interface


Board Type
subcard

Board ID P90-8GE-SFP

Working status indicator of GE optical


Indicator 1-8
interface, green

Interface 1-8 GE optical interface

10.5.4 Indicators of P90-8GE-SFP


Board

Table 97 lists working status of P90-8GE-SFP board and the cor-


responding status of indicators.

TABLE 97 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90-8GE-SFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
1-8 (Green)

GE optical interface is in
ON
connected state.

GE optical interface is in
OFF
disconnected state.

GE optical interface is
Flashing
receiving/transmitting data.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 157


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

10.5.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-8GE-SFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-8GE-SFP board are described in Table 98.

TABLE 98 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-8GE-SFP BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet port link -


Critical
down

Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Optical module miss- -


Critical
ing

Optical module rate -


Critical
mismatch

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Output optical power -


Major
out of limit

Input optical power -


Major
out of limit
Ethernet
interface
Link invalidation Major -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Laser bias current out -


Minor
of limit

Laser temperature out -


Minor
of limit

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
enable failure

OAM remote loopback -


Minor
disable failure

Remote defect indica- -


Minor
tion

Remote discovery fail- -


Minor
ure

Board not-in-position Critical -

Board Detection point


temperature out of Minor -
limit

158 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Performance Performance messages of P90-8GE-SFP board are described in


Table 99.

TABLE 99 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-8GE-SFP BOARD

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received jumbo frame count Major -

Received jabber frame count Major -

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

No threshold -
Received byte count
alarm

No threshold -
Received frame count
alarm

Received multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received broadcast frame No threshold -


Ethernet count alarm
Ethernet
perform-
interface
ance Received frame count with No threshold -
length of 64 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 65-127 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 128-255 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 256-511 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 512-1023 bytes alarm

Received frame count with No threshold -


length of 1024-1522 bytes alarm

No threshold -
Received unicast frame count
alarm

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 159


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there
Per- is any threshold
form- Detection alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Point
Type Performance
Level

No threshold -
Transmitted byte count
alarm

Transmitted unicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

No threshold -
Transmitted frame count
alarm

Transmitted multicast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted broadcast frame No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -

Laser bias current Major -

Laser temperature Major -

Analog
Tempera-
perform- Detection point temperature Major Unit: ℃
ture
ance

Event None

10.6 P90-24E1-CX
10.6.1 P90-24E1-CX

Board Functions The detailed functions are described as follows:


� Input/output 24-channel E1 signals.
� Implement PW encapsulation.
� Support the line clock extraction.
� Support the synchronous Ethernet function.

160 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Operating P90-24E1-CX board is composed of the following modules:


Principle
� E1 framing module
� Logical module
� General front end processing module
� PW packet processing module
� Bus conversion module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90-24E1-CX board is illustrated in
Figure 64. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 100.

FIGURE 64 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

TABLE 100 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

Module Function Description

E1 framing � Input/output 24-channel E1 signals.


module � Implement frame delineation, frame extraction
and code transformation.
� Extract synchronous clock signals.
� Perform framing encapsulation/de-
encapsulation.

Logical module The logical module reads/writes control and status


signals in the board.

General front � Implement format conversion between different


end processing signals.
module � Implement data buffer and preprocessing.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 161


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Module Function Description

PW packet � Encapsulate inputted TDM data.


processing � De-encapsulate outputted data.
module

Bus conversion The bus conversion module implements the


module conversion between different signals.

Power supply The power supply module receives power inputted


module from the system motherboard, and converts the
power to that needed by the board.

Front Panel The front panel of P90-24E1-CX board is shown in Figure 65.Table
101 describes the front panel and related information of the P90-
24E1-CX board.

FIGURE 65 FRONT PANEL OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

1. Board running indicator (RUN) 2. E1 electrical interface (1-24)

TABLE 101 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

Item Description

Board ID P90-24E1-CX

Indi- RUN Running indicator, green


cator
Inter- E1 electrical E1 electrical interface 1 - E1 electrical
face interface interface 12
(1-12) Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
socket (male-female)
Each E1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 1, 2,
3............12.

E1 electrical E1 electrical interface 13 - E1 electrical


interface interface 24
(13-24) Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
socket (male-female)
Each E1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 13, 14,
15............24.

Indicators For the indicator status of the P90–24E1–CX board, refer toTable
102.

162 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 102 INDICATOR STATUS OF THE P90–24E1–CX

Indica- Color Indicator Status Description


tor Status

RUN Green Flashing Board is running normally.

OFF Board is faulty.

10.6.2 Operating Principle of


P90-24E1-CX Board

P90-24E1-CX board is composed of the following modules:


� E1 framing module
� Logical module
� General front end processing module
� PW packet processing module
� Bus conversion module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90-24E1-CX board is illustrated in
Figure 66. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 103.

FIGURE 66 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 163


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 103 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

Module Function Description

E1 framing � Input/output 24-channel E1 signals.


module � Implement frame delineation, frame extraction
and code transformation.
� Extract synchronous clock signals.
� Perform framing encapsulation/de-
encapsulation.

Logical module The logical module reads/writes control and status


signals in the board.

General front � Implement format conversion between different


end processing signals.
module � Implement data buffer and preprocessing.

PW packet � Encapsulate inputted TDM data.


processing � De-encapsulate outputted data.
module

Bus conversion The bus conversion module implements the


module conversion between different signals.

Power supply The power supply module receives power inputted


module from the system motherboard, and converts the
power to that needed by the board.

10.6.3 Front Panel of P90-24E1-CX


Board

The front panel of P90-24E1-CX board is shown in Figure 67. Table


104 describes the front panel and related information of the P90-
24E1-CX board.

FIGURE 67 FRONT PANEL OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

1. Board running indicator (RUN) 2. E1 electrical interface (1-24)

TABLE 104 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

Item Description

Board Type 24-port E1 multi-service subcard (75 Ω)

Board ID P90-24E1-CX

164 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Item Description

Indi- RUN Running indicator, green


cator
Inter- E1 electrical E1 electrical interface 1 - E1 electrical
face interface interface 12
(1-12) Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
socket (male-female)
Each E1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 1, 2,
3............12.

E1 electrical E1 electrical interface 13 - E1 electrical


interface interface 24
(13-24) Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
socket (male-female)
Each E1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 13, 14,
15............24.

10.6.4 Indicators of P90-24E1-CX


Board

Table 105 lists working status of P90-24E1-CX board and the cor-
responding status of indicators.

TABLE 105 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR


STATUS OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

Working Status Indicator Status

RUN (Green)

Board is running normally Flashing (0.5 time/second)

Board is faulty OFF

– Flashing (0.5 time/second) means that the indicator is ON for one second
and OFF for another one second.

10.6.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-24E1-CX Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-24E1-CX board are described in Table 106.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 165


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 106 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

Detection Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark


Point

PDH 2M Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Loss Of Frame (LOF) Critical -

Alarm indication Major -


signal (AIS)

Remote alarm Major -


indication (RAI)

IMA group Far End is starting-up Major -


(Start-up-FE)

FE reports Major -
unacceptable
transmitting
configuration
parameters
(Config-Aborted-FE)

FE reports Major -
unacceptable
receiving
configuration
parameters
(Config-Aborted-FE.)

Insufficiently ac- Major -


tivated transmit-
ting/receiving link
(Insufficient-Links)

Insufficiently ac- Major -


tivated transmit-
ting/receiving link
at far end (Insuffi-
cient-Links-FE)

Blocked-Far End Major -


(Blocked-FE)

IMA group transmits Major -


mismatch clock
mode (GR-Timing-
Mismatch)

Board Board not-in-position Critical -

Detection point Minor -


temperature out of
limit

– Alarm level can be modified in EMS. The level shown in Table 106 is the
default level of the alarm.

Performance Performance messages of P90-24E1-CX board are described in


Table 107.

166 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 107 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-24E1-CX BOARD

Perform- Detection Point Performance Message Remark


ance Type

E1 interface PDH 2M Interface code violation -


perform- amount (CV)
ance
Background block error -
(BBE)

Error second (ES) -

Severely errored second -


(SES)

Continually severe errored -


second (CSES)

Unavailable second (UAS) -

IMA link IMA control cell Violations -


for IMA (IV-IMA)

Out of IMA Frame -


(OIF-IMA)

Transmit UnUsable Seconds -


for IMA (Tx-UUS-IMA)

Receive UnUsable Seconds -


for IMA (Rx-UUS-IMA)

Transmit UnUsable -
Seconds for IMA-Far
End (Tx-UUS-IMA-FE)

Receive UnUsable -
Seconds for IMA-Far
End (Rx-UUS-IMA-FE)

IMA group Group Unavailable Second -


for IMA (GR-UAS-IMA)

Group transmit link Failure -


Count (GR-FC)

Group Far End transmit link -


Failure Count (GR-FC-FE)

Analog per- Temperature Detection point Unit: ℃


formance temperature

Event None

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 167


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

10.7 P90-24E1-TX
10.7.1 P90-24E1-TX

Board Functions The detailed functions are described as follows:


� Input/output 24-channel E1 signals.
� Implement PW encapsulation.
� Support the line clock extraction.
� Support the synchronous Ethernet function.
Operating P90-24E1-TX board is composed of the following modules:
Principle
� E1 framing module
� Logical module
� General front end processing module
� PW packet processing module
� Bus conversion module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90-24E1-TX board is illustrated in
Figure 68. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 108.

FIGURE 68 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

168 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 108 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

Module Function Description

E1 framing � Input/output 24-channel E1 signals.


module � Implement frame delineation, frame extraction
and code transformation.
� Extract synchronous clock signals.
� Perform framing encapsulation/de-
encapsulation.

Logical module The logical module reads/writes control and status


signals in the board.

General front � Implement format conversion between different


end processing signals.
module � Implement data buffer and preprocessing.

PW packet � Encapsulate inputted TDM data.


processing � De-encapsulate outputted data.
module

Bus conversion The bus conversion module implements the


module conversion between different signals.

Power supply The power supply module receives power inputted


module from the system motherboard, and converts the
power to that needed by the board.

Front Panel The front panel of P90-24E1-TX board is shown in Figure 69. Table
109 describes the front panel and related information of the P90-
24E1-TX board.

FIGURE 69 FRONT PANEL OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

1. Board running indicator (RUN) 2. E1 electrical interface (1-24)

TABLE 109 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

Item Description

Board ID P90-24E1-TX

Indicator RUN Running indicator, green

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 169


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Item Description

Interface E1 E1 electrical interface 1 - E1 electrical interface


electrical 12
interface Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
(1-12) socket (male-female)
Each E1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 1, 2,
3............12.

E1 E1 electrical interface 13 - E1 electrical


electrical interface 24
interface Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
(13-24) socket (male-female)
Each E1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 13, 14,
15............24.

Indicators For the indicator status of the P90–24E1–TX board, refer toTable
110.

TABLE 110 INDICATOR STATUS OF THE P90–24E1–TX

Indica- Color Indicator Status Description


tor Status

RUN Green Flashing Board is running normally.

OFF Board is faulty.

10.7.2 Operating Principle of


P90-24E1-TX Board

P90-24E1-TX board is composed of the following modules:


� E1 framing module
� Logical module
� General front end processing module
� PW packet processing module
� Bus conversion module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90-24E1-TX board is illustrated in
Figure 70. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 111.

170 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

FIGURE 70 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

TABLE 111 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

Module Function Description

E1 framing � Input/output 24-channel E1 signals.


module � Implement frame delineation, frame extraction
and code transformation.
� Extract synchronous clock signals.
� Perform framing encapsulation/de-
encapsulation.

Logical module The logical module reads/writes control and status


signals in the board.

General front � Implement format conversion between different


end processing signals.
module � Implement data buffer and preprocessing.

PW packet � Encapsulate inputted TDM data.


processing � De-encapsulate outputted data.
module

Bus conversion The bus conversion module implements the


module conversion between different signals.

Power supply The power supply module receives power inputted


module from the system motherboard, and converts the
power to that needed by the board.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 171


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

10.7.3 Front Panel of P90-24E1-TX


Board

The front panel of P90-24E1-TX board is shown in Figure 71. Table


112 describes the front panel and related information of the P90-
24E1-TX board.

FIGURE 71 FRONT PANEL OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

1. Board running indicator (RUN) 2. E1 electrical interface (1-24)

TABLE 112 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

Item Description

Board Type 24-port E1 multi-service subcard (120 Ω)

Board ID P90-24E1-TX

Indicator RUN Running indicator, green

Interface E1 E1 electrical interface 1 - E1 electrical interface


electrical 12
interface Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
(1-12) socket (male-female)
Each E1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 1, 2,
3............12.

E1 E1 electrical interface 13 - E1 electrical


electrical interface 24
interface Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
(13-24) socket (male-female)
Each E1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 13, 14,
15............24.

10.7.4 Indicators of P90-24E1-TX Board

Table 113 lists working status of P90-24E1-TX board and the cor-
responding status of indicators.

172 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 113 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR


STATUS OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

Working Status Indicator Status

RUN (Green)

Board is running normally Flashing (0.5 time/second)

Board is faulty OFF

– Flashing (0.5 time/second) means that the indicator is ON for one second
and OFF for another one second.

10.7.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-24E1-TX Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-24E1-TX board are described in Table 114.

TABLE 114 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

Detection Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark


Point

PDH 2M Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Loss Of Frame (LOF) Critical -

Alarm indication Major -


signal (AIS)

Remote alarm Major -


indication (RAI)

IMA group Far End is starting-up Major -


(Start-up-FE)

FE reports Major -
unacceptable
transmitting
configuration
parameters
(Config-Aborted-FE)

FE reports Major -
unacceptable
receiving
configuration
parameters
(Config-Aborted-FE.)

Insufficiently ac- Major -


tivated transmit-
ting/receiving link
(Insufficient-Links)

Insufficiently ac- Major -


tivated transmit-
ting/receiving link

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 173


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Detection Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark


Point
at far end (Insuffi-
cient-Links-FE)

Blocked-Far End Major -


(Blocked-FE)

IMA group transmits Major -


mismatch clock
mode (GR-Timing-
Mismatch)

Board Board not-in-position Critical -

Detection point Minor -


temperature out of
limit

– Alarm level can be modified in EMS. The level shown in Table 114 is the
default level of the alarm.

Performance Performance messages of P90-24E1-TX board are described in


Table 115.

TABLE 115 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-24E1-TX BOARD

Perform- Detection Point Performance Message Remark


ance Type

E1 interface PDH 2M Interface code violation -


perform- amount (CV)
ance
Background block error -
(BBE)

Error second (ES) -

Severely errored second -


(SES)

Continually severe errored -


second (CSES)

Unavailable second (UAS) -

IMA link IMA control cell Violations -


for IMA (IV-IMA)

Out of IMA Frame -


(OIF-IMA)

Transmit UnUsable Seconds -


for IMA (Tx-UUS-IMA)

Receive UnUsable Seconds -


for IMA (Rx-UUS-IMA)

Transmit UnUsable -
Seconds for IMA-Far
End (Tx-UUS-IMA-FE)

174 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Perform- Detection Point Performance Message Remark


ance Type

Receive UnUsable -
Seconds for IMA-Far
End (Rx-UUS-IMA-FE)

IMA group Group Unavailable Second -


for IMA (GR-UAS-IMA)

Group transmit link Failure -


Count (GR-FC)

Group Far End transmit link -


Failure Count (GR-FC-FE)

Analog per- Temperature Detection point Unit: ℃


formance temperature

Event None

10.8 P90-24T1-TX
10.8.1 Functions of P90-24T1-TX Board

P90-24T1-TX board supports 24-channel T1 interfaces (interface


type: TX). The P90-24T1-TX board can not form an integrated
functional board independently, but needs to cooperate with the
multi-service motherboard to implement the service processing
function.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Input/output 24-channel T1 signals.
� Implement PW encapsulation.
� Support the line clock extraction.
� Support the synchronous Ethernet function.

10.8.2 Operating Principle of


P90-24T1-TX Board

P90-24T1-TX board is composed of the following modules:


� T1 framing module
� Logical module
� General front end processing module
� PW packet processing module
� Bus conversion module

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 175


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� Power supply module


The operating principle of P90-24T1-TX board is illustrated in
Figure 72. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 116.

FIGURE 72 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-24T1-TX BOARD

TABLE 116 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24T1–TX BOARD

Module Function Description

E1 framing � Input/output 24-channel T1 signals.


module � Implement frame delineation, frame extraction
and code transformation.
� Extract synchronous clock signals.
� Perform framing encapsulation/de-
encapsulation.

Logical module The logical module reads/writes control and status


signals in the board.

General front � Implement format conversion between different


end processing signals.
module � Implement data buffer and preprocessing.

PW packet � Encapsulate inputted TDM data.


processing � De-encapsulate outputted data.
module

Bus conversion The bus conversion module implements the


module conversion between different signals.

Power supply The power supply module receives power inputted


module from the system motherboard, and converts the
power to that needed by the board.

176 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

10.8.3 Front Panel of P90-24T1-TX


Board

The front panel of P90-24T1-TX board is shown in Figure 73. Table


117 describes the front panel and related information of the P90-
24T1-TX board.

FIGURE 73 FRONT PANEL OF P90-24T1-TX BOARD

1. T1 electrical interface (1-24) 2. Board running indicator (RUN)

TABLE 117 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-24T1-TX BOARD

Item Description

Board Type 24-port T1 multi-service subcard (100Ω)

Board ID P90-24T1-TX

Indicator RUN Running indicator, green

Interface T1 T1 electrical interface 1 - T1 electrical interface


electrical 12
interface Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
(1-12) socket (male-female)
Each T1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 1, 2,
3............12.

T1 T1 electrical interface 13 - T1 electrical


electrical interface 24
interface Interface type: 50-pin bent PCB welding
(13-24) socket (male-female)
Each T1 signal occupies 4 pins. Signal
definitions are Rx+, Tx+, Rx- and Tx
respectively, where R refers to receiving,
T refers to transmitting, and x is 13, 14,
15............24.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 177


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

10.8.4 Indicators of P90-24T1-TX Board

Table 118 lists working status of P90-24T1-TX board and the cor-
responding status of indicators.

TABLE 118 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR


STATUS OF P90-24T1-TX BOARD

Working Status Indicator Status

RUN (Green)

Board is running normally Flashing (0.5 time/second)

Board is faulty OFF

– Flashing (0.5 time/second) means that the indicator is ON for one second
and OFF for another one second.

10.8.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-24T1-TX Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-24T1-TX board are described in Table 119.

TABLE 119 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-24T1-TX BOARD

Detection Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark


Point

PDH 2M Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Loss Of Frame (LOF) Critical -

Alarm indication Major -


signal (AIS)

Remote alarm Major -


indication (RAI)

IMA group Far End is starting-up Major -


(Start-up-FE)

FE reports Major -
unacceptable
transmitting
configuration
parameters
(Config-Aborted-FE)

FE reports Major -
unacceptable
receiving
configuration
parameters
(Config-Aborted-FE.)

178 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Detection Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark


Point

Insufficiently ac- Major -


tivated transmit-
ting/receiving link
(Insufficient-Links)

Insufficiently ac- Major -


tivated transmit-
ting/receiving link
at far end (Insuffi-
cient-Links-FE)

Blocked-Far End Major -


(Blocked-FE)

IMA group transmits Major -


mismatch clock
mode (GR-Timing-
Mismatch)

Board Board not-in-position Critical -

Detection point Minor -


temperature out of
limit

– Alarm level can be modified in EMS. The level shown in Table 119 is the
default level of the alarm.

Performance Performance messages of P90-24T1-TX board are described in


Table 120.

TABLE 120 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-24T1-TX BOARD

Perform- Detection Point Performance Message Remark


ance Type

E1 interface PDH 2M Interface code violation -


perform- amount (CV)
ance
Background block error -
(BBE)

Error second (ES) -

Severely errored second -


(SES)

Continually severe errored -


second (CSES)

Unavailable second (UAS) -

IMA link IMA control cell Violations -


for IMA (IV-IMA)

Out of IMA Frame -


(OIF-IMA)

Transmit UnUsable Seconds -


for IMA (Tx-UUS-IMA)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 179


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Perform- Detection Point Performance Message Remark


ance Type

Receive UnUsable Seconds -


for IMA (Rx-UUS-IMA)

Transmit UnUsable -
Seconds for IMA-Far
End (Tx-UUS-IMA-FE)

Receive UnUsable -
Seconds for IMA-Far
End (Rx-UUS-IMA-FE)

IMA group Group Unavailable Second -


for IMA (GR-UAS-IMA)

Group transmit link Failure -


Count (GR-FC)

Group Far End transmit link -


Failure Count (GR-FC-FE)

Analog per- Temperature Detection point Unit: ℃


formance temperature

Event None

10.9 P90-4OC3-SFP
10.9.1 Functions of P90-4OC3-SFP
Board

P90-4OC3-SFP board supports 4-channel non-channelized


OC-3C/STM-1 SFP interfaces.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Support the processing of 4-channel non-channelized
OC-3C/STM-1 signals.
� Implement PW encapsulation and de-encapsulation.
� Extract and transmit line clock.
� Process channel overhead status.

10.9.2 Operating Principle of


P90-4OC3-SFP Board

P90-4OC3-SFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Interface module

180 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

� Logical module
� Mapper physical module
� PW packet processing module
� Bus conversion module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90-4OC3-SFP board is illustrated in
Figure 74. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 121.

FIGURE 74 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-40C3-SFP BOARD

TABLE 121 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-40C3-SFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Interface module The interface module inputs/outputs 4-channel


non-channelized OC-3C/STM-1 signals.

Logical module The logical module reads/writes control and status


signals in the board.

Mapper physical � Extract and map the ATM cell or the POS frame.
module � Perform cell demarcation and error detection.
� Extract line clock.

PW packet � Implement cell buffer.


processing � Implement PW encapsulation and
module de-encapsulation of the cell.

Bus conversion The bus conversion module implements the


module conversion between different signals.

Power supply The power supply module receives power inputted


module from the system motherboard, and converts the
power to that needed by the board.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 181


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

10.9.3 Front Panel of P90-4OC3-SFP


Board

The front panel of P90-4OC3-SFP board is shown in Figure 75.


Table 122 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90-4OC3-SFP board.

FIGURE 75 FRONT PANEL OF P90-4OC3-SFP BOARD

1. Optical interface (1-4) 2. Connection indicator of the optical


interface (LINK)

TABLE 122 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-4OC3-SFP BOARD

Item Description

Board Type 4-port non-channelized OC-3C/STM-1 SFP


interface multi-service subcard

Board ID P90-4OC3-SFP

Indicator LINK Connection indicator of the optical interface,


green

Interface 1-4 OC-3C/STM-1 SFP interface

10.9.4 Indicators of P90-4OC3-SFP


Board

Table 123 lists working status of P90-4OC3-SFP board and the cor-
responding status of indicators.

182 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 123 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR


STATUS OF P90-4OC3-SFP BOARD

Working Status Indicator Status

LINK (Green)

Link is working normally. ON

Link is faulty. OFF

10.9.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-4OC3-SFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-4OC3-SFP board are described in Table


124.

TABLE 124 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-40C3-SFP BOARD

Detection Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark


Point

Optical Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -


interface

Board Board not-in-position Critical -

Detection point Minor -


temperature out of
limit

– Alarm level can be modified in EMS. The level shown in Table 124 is the
default level of the alarm.

Performance Performance messages of P90-4OC3-SFP board are described in


Table 125.

TABLE 125 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-40C3-SFP BOARD

Perform- Detection Point Performance Message Remark


ance Type

SDH inter- Multiplexing section Background block error -


face per- (MS)/VC4/VC3/VC12 (BBE)
formance
Errored second (ES) -

Severely errored second -


(SES)

Unavailable second (UAS) -

AU4/TU12 Positive pointer justification -


count (PJC+)

Negative pointer -
justification count ( PJC-)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 183


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Perform- Detection Point Performance Message Remark


ance Type

Analog per- Optical interface Output optical power Unit: dBm


formance
Input optical power Unit: dBm

Laser working current Unit: mA


(bias)

Laser temperature Unit: ℃

Temperature Detection point Unit: ℃


temperature

Event None

10.10 P90-4COC3-SFP
10.10.1 Functions of P90-4COC3-SFP
Board

P90-4COC3-SFP board supports 4-channel channelized


OC-3/STM-1 SFP interfaces.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Support the processing of 4-channel channelized OC-3/STM-1
signals.
� Implement PW encapsulation and de-encapsulation.
� Extract and transmit line clock.
� Process channel overhead status.

10.10.2 Operating Principle of


P90-4COC3-SFP Board

P90-4COC3-SFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Interface module
� Logical module
� Generally front-end processing module
� PW packet processing module
� Bus conversion module
� Power supply module

184 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

The operating principle of P90-4COC3-SFP board is illustrated in


Figure 76. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 126.

FIGURE 76 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-4COC3-SFP BOARD

TABLE 126 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-4COC3-SFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Interface module The interface module inputs/outputs 4-channel


channelized OC-3/STM-1 signals.

Logical module The logical module reads/writes control and status


signals in the board.

General front- � Implement the extension of the sub-channel of


end processing STM-1 interface (E1).
module � Perform the IMA group cell at TC layer.
� Process PPP packet and HDLC frame.
� Restore differential clock.

PW packet � Process TDM data, cell and PPP packet.


processing � Implement PW encapsulation and
module de-encapsulation of the data signals.

Bus conversion The bus conversion module implements the


module conversion between different signals.

Power supply The power supply module receives power inputted


module from the system motherboard, and converts the
power to that needed by the board.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 185


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

10.10.3 Front Panel of P90-4COC3-SFP


Board

The front panel of P90-4COC3-SFP board is shown in Figure 77.


Table 127 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90-4COC3-SFP board.

FIGURE 77 FRONT PANEL OF P90-4COC3-SFP BOARD

1. Optical interface (1-4) 2. Connection indicator of the optical


interface (LINK)

TABLE 127 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-4COC3-SFP BOARD

Item Description

Board Type 4-port channelized OC-3/STM-1 SFP interface


multi-service subcard

Board ID P90-4COC3-SFP

Indicator LINK Connection indicator of the optical interface,


green

Interface 1-4 Channelized OC-3/STM-1 SFP interface

10.10.4 Indicators of P90-4COC3-SFP


Board

Table 128 lists working status of P90-4COC3-SFP board and the


corresponding status of indicators.

186 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 128 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR


STATUS OF P90-4COC3-SFP BOARD

Working Status Indicator Status

LINK (Green)

Link is working normally. ON

Link is faulty. OFF

10.10.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-4COC3-SFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-4COC3-SFP board are described in Table


129.

TABLE 129 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-4COC3-SFP BOARD

Detection Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark


Point

Optical Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -


interface

Board Board not-in-position Critical -

Detection point Minor -


temperature out of
limit

– Alarm level can be modified in EMS. The level shown in Table 129 is the
default level of the alarm.

Performance Performance messages of P90-4COC3-SFP board are described in


Table 130.

TABLE 130 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-4C0C3-SFP BOARD

Perform- Detection Point Performance Message Remark


ance Type

SDH inter- Multiplexing section Background block error -


face per- (MS)/VC4/VC3/VC12 (BBE)
formance
Errored second (ES) -

Severely errored second -


(SES)

Unavailable second (UAS) -

AU4/TU12 Positive pointer justification -


count (PJC+)

Negative pointer -
justification count ( PJC-)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 187


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Perform- Detection Point Performance Message Remark


ance Type

Analog per- Optical interface Output optical power Unit: dBm


formance
Input optical power Unit: dBm

Laser working current Unit: mA


(bias)

Laser temperature Unit: ℃

Temperature Detection point Unit: ℃


temperature

Event None

10.11 P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP
10.11.1 Functions of P90-8GE1CP12/3-
SFP Board

P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP board supports 8 gigabit Ethernet optical in-


terfaces, and one channelized STM-4/0C-12 interface.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Support the access of 8-channel GE optical signals and 1-chan-
nel channelized STM-4/OC-12 signal.
� The channelized STM-4/0C-12 interface supports the access of
the TDM service, and works as the channelized POS interface.
� Support channel protection (non-link protection).
� Implement POS frame encapsulation/de-encapsulation of data
flow.
� Support clock synchronization.

10.11.2 Operating Principle of


P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP Board

P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP board is composed of the following mod-


ules:
� Interface module
� Service processing module
� Logical module
� Clock module
� Power supply module

188 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

The operating principle of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP board is illus-


trated in Figure 78. The descriptions of functional modules are
listed in Table 131.

FIGURE 78 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP BOARD

TABLE 131 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP BOARD

Module Function Description

The interface module inputs/outputs 8-channel


Interface module GE optical signals, and 1-channel channelized
OC-12/STM-4 signal.

The logical module reads/writes control and status


Logical module
signals in the board.

Service
� Process Ethernet services.
processing
� Process channelized STM-4/OC-12 signals.
module

� Receive clock signals transmitted from the main


control board to be the board synchronization
Clock module clock.
� Provide clock signals at line interface to be the
system clock reference.

The power supply module receives power inputted


Power supply
from the system motherboard, and converts the
module
power to that needed by the board.

10.11.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE1CP12


/3-SFP Board

The front panel of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP board is shown in Figure


79. Table 132 describes the front panel and related information of
the P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP board.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 189


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 79 FRONT PANEL OF P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP BOARD

1. Connection status indicator of 5. Connection status indicator of GE


STM-4/OC-12 optical interface optical interface
2. STM-4/OC-12 optical interface 6. Spanner
3. GE optical interface 7. Captive fastener
4. Data read/write indicator of GE op-
tical interface

TABLE 132 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP


BOARD

Item Description

8-port gigabit Ethernet optical interface +


Board Type 1-port STM-4/OC-12 CPOS SFP interface
multi-service subcard

Board ID P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP

Data receiving/transmitting indicator of


ACT
Indi- the service interface, green
ca-
tor Connection status indicator of the service
LINK
interface, green

In- 1-8 GE optical interface


ter-
face 9 STM-4/OC-12 optical interface

Co- Spanner Help plug/unplug boards.


m-
po-
nent Captive fastener Fasten the board in the subrack slot.

10.11.4 Indicators of P90-8GE1CP12/3-


SFP Board

Table 133 lists working status of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP board and


the corresponding status of indicators.

190 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 133 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LNK (Green) ACT (Green)

Optical interface is in
ON OFF
connected state.

Optical interface is in
OFF OFF
disconnected state.

Optical interface is
receiving/transmitting ON Flashing
data.

10.11.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP
Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP board are described in


Table 134.

TABLE 134 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP BOARD

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Ethernet port link down Critical -

Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Optical module missing Critical -

Optical module rate mismatch Critical -

Ethernet interface half-duplex -


Major
connection

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Ethernet Output optical power out of limit Major -


interface
Input optical power out of limit Major -

Laser bias current out of limit Minor -

Laser temperature out of limit Minor -

Link invalidation Major -

OAM remote loopback enable fail- -


Minor
ure

OAM remote loopback disable fail- -


Minor
ure

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 191


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Remote defect indication Minor -

Remote discovery failure Minor -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Board not-in-position Critical -


Board
Detection point temperature out -
Minor
of limit

Loss of packet Critical -

Excessive packet loss ratio Major -

Malformed packet count out of -


Major
limit
PWE3-CES
Buffer overrun count out of limit Major -

Packet loss count out of limit Major -

Remote defect indication (RDI) Minor -

Loss of frame (LOF) Critical -

Out of frame (OOF) Critical -

Regenera- Signal degrade (SD) Minor -


tion section
(RS) Excessive bit error ratio (EXC) Major -

Unavailable Second (UAS) Major -

Trace identifier mismatch (TIM) Major -

Alarm indication signal (AIS) Major -

Remote defect indication (RDI) Minor -


Multiplexing
section Signal degrade (SD) Minor -
(MS)
Excessive bit error ratio (EXC) Major -

Unavailable second (UAS) Major -

Loss of pointer (LOP) Critical -


AU4
Alarm indication signal (AIS) Major -

Loss of pointer (LOP) Critical -


TU3, TU12
Alarm indication signal (AIS) Major -

192 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Detection
Alarm Message Alarm Level Remark
Point

Trace identifier mismatch (TIM) Major -

Remote defect indication (RDI) Major -

Enhanced remote payload defect Minor -

Enhanced remote connectivity -


Minor
defect

VC4, VC3, Enhanced remote server defect) Minor -


VC12
Payload mismatch (PLM) Critical -

Signal degrade (SD) Minor -

Excessive bit error ratio (EXC) Major -

Unequipped (UNEQ) Major -

Unavailable second (UAS) Major -

VC4, VC3 Loss of multiframe (LOM) Critical -

Extended signal label mismatch -


VC12 Major
(ExSLM)

Performance Performance messages of P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP board are de-


scribed in Table 135.

TABLE 135 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP BOARD

Perform- Whether there is any


Detection threshold alarm?
ance Performance Message Remark
Point
Type Performance Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received oversize frame


count (when JUMBO is
disenabled, it refers to
the frame with size over
1522. When JUMBO is Major -
enabled, it refers to the
frame with size over 9600.
Accumu- The oversize frame is
lated var- Ethernet discarded.)
iable per- interface
formance
Received jabber frame -
Major
count

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Major
count

Received byte count No threshold alarm -

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 193


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Perform- Whether there is any


Detection threshold alarm?
ance Performance Message Remark
Point
Type Performance Level

Received frame count No threshold alarm -

Received multicast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Received broadcast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 64 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 65-127 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 128-255 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 256-511 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 512-1023 bytes

Received frame count with -


No threshold alarm
length of 1024-1522 bytes

Received unicast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Received error frame count Major -

Transmitted collision count Major -

Transmitted byte count No threshold alarm -

Transmitted unicast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Transmitted frame count No threshold alarm -

Transmitted multicast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Transmitted broadcast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Transmitted delay collision -


Major
frame count

Transmitted non-unicast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Output optical power Major -

Analog Input optical power Major -


perform-
ance Laser temperature Major -

Laser bias current Major -

194 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Perform- Whether there is any


Detection threshold alarm?
ance Performance Message Remark
Point
Type Performance Level

Malformed packet count Major -


Accumu-
lated var- -
Buffer overrun count Major
iable per-
formance
Packet loss count Major -

Received packet count No threshold alarm -


QOS PWE3-CES
Transmitted packet count No threshold alarm -

Non-accu-
mulated
variable Packet loss ratio Major -
perform-
ance

Background block error -


Major
(BBE)
Accumu- Major -
Regenera- Errored second (ES)
lated var-
tion section
iable per-
(RS) Severely errored second
formance Major -
(SES)

Unavailable second (UAS) Major -

Background block error -


Major
(BBE)

Errored second (ES) Major -

Severely errored second -


Major
(SES)

Unavailable second (UAS) Major -


Accumu-
lated var- MS, VC4,
iable per- VC12 Far-end background block -
Major
formance error (FEBBE)

Far-end errored second -


Major
(FEES)

Far-end severely errored -


Major
second (FESES)

Far-end unavailable second -


Major
(FEUAS)

Positive pointer -
Accumu- Major
justification count (PJC+)
lated var-
AU4, TU12
iable per-
Negative pointer -
formance Major
justification count (PJC-)

Event None

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 195


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

10.12 P90-8GE4A3-SFP
10.12.1 Functions of P90-8GE4A3-SFP
Board

P90-8GE4A3-SFP board provides 4-port OC-3C ATM interfaces,


and 8-port gigabit Ethernet optical interfaces.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Implement non-channelized ATM STM-1 function.
� The interface at the line side supports STM-1.
� SFP optical module supports the online diagnosis function.
� Support line clock extraction, synchronous data trans-
mitting/receiving and channel overhead status processing
functions.
� Support N:1 and 1:1 cascaded modes of ATM cell.
� Support synchronous Ethernet function.

10.12.2 Operating Principle of


P90-8GE4A3-SFP Board

P90-8GE4A3-SFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Interface module
� ATM physical module
� Packet processing module
� Service processing module
� Interface processing module
� Control module
� Connection module
� POS interface module
� EMS interface module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90-8GE-SFP board is illustrated in
Figure 80. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 136.

196 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

FIGURE 80 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-8GE4A3-SFP BOARD

TABLE 136 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE4A3-SFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Interface � Input/output STM-1 frame packet including ATM cell.


module � Input/output Ethernet packet.

� Implement cell extraction and mapping.


ATM
� Implement cell delineation and error detection
physical
functions.
module
� Implement line clock extraction function.

Packet
� Implement cell buffer.
process-
� Implement PW encapsulation and de-encapsulation
ing mod-
of the cell.
ule

Service
� Transmit service signals to the main control board,
process-
and switch services.
ing mod-
� Process system OAM information.
ule

POS
The POS interface module implements O/E conversion for
interface
4-channel STM-1/OC-3 POS optical signals.
module

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 197


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Module Function Description

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements O/E
conversion for Ethernet optical signals, and decoding
and parallel/serial conversion for data. After
Interface extracting clock, it transmits data to the service
process- processing module.
ing mod- � Transmitting direction
ule
The interface processing module implements coding
and parallel/serial conversion for signals transmitted
from the service processing module, implements E/O
conversion, and transmits the signals to Ethernet
optical interface module.

The control module communicates with the main control


board, and executes the following control information
delivered from the main control board::
Control � Implement overhead extraction and insertion in the
module STM-1 data frame.
� Implement online diagnosis function of the SFP
module.
� Read hardware version information of the board.

� Receive clock signals transmitted from the main


Clock control board to be the board synchronization clock.
module � Provide clock signals at line interface to be the system
clock reference.

The connection module implements conversions between


Connec- different communication interfaces, so that the control
tion mod- module can access modules on the front panel. It extracts
ule differential clock signals, and transmits the signals to the
clock module.

EMS The EMS interface module downloads board version and


interface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement board management.

Power The pwer supply module receives power inputted from


supply the system motherboard, and converts the power to that
module needed by the board.

10.12.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE4A3-


SFP Board

The front panel of P90-8GE4A3-SFP board is shown in Figure 81.


Table 137 describes the front panel and related information of the
P90-8GE4A3-SFP board.

198 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

FIGURE 81 FRONT PANEL OF P90-8GE4A3-SFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener 4. ATM interface indicator


2. GE optical interface 1-8 5. ATM interface 9-12
3. Working status indicator of GE in-
terface (LINK/ACT)

TABLE 137 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE4A3-SFP BOARD

Item Description

8-port gigabit Ethernet optical interface


Board Type
+ 4-port OC-3C ATM interface subcard

Board ID P90-8GE4A3-SFP

Working status indicator of GE interface,


LNK/ACT
green
Indicator
LNK Working indicator of ATM interface, green

1-8 GE interface
Interface
9-12 ATM interface

Captive
Component Fasten the board in the subrack slot.
fastener

10.12.4 Indicators of P90-8GE4A3-SFP


Board

Table 138 lists working status of P90-8GE4A3-SFP board and the


corresponding status of indicators.

TABLE 138 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR


STATUS OF P90-8GE4A3-SFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working
Status
LNK (Green) ACT (Green)

Optical ON OFF
interface is

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 199


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Indicator Status
Working
Status
LNK (Green) ACT (Green)
in connected
state.

Optical
interface is in
OFF OFF
disconnected
state.

Optical inter-
face is receiv-
ON Flashing
ing/transmit-
ting data.

10.12.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-8GE4A3-SFP Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-8GE4A3-SFP board are described in Table


139.

TABLE 139 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-8GE4A3-SFP BOARD

Detection Alarm
Alarm Level Remark
Point Message

Ethernet port -
Critical
link down

Loss Of Signal -
Critical
(LOS)

Optical module -
Critical
missing

Optical module -
Critical
rate mismatch

Ethernet
interface -
Major
Ethernet half-duplex
interface connection

Transmit Fail -
Critical
(TF)

Output optical
power out of Major -
limit

Input optical
power out of Major -
limit

Laser bias cur- -


Minor
rent out of limit

200 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Detection Alarm
Alarm Level Remark
Point Message

Laser tempera- -
Minor
ture out of limit

Link invalidation Major -

OAM remote
loopback enable Minor -
failure

OAM remote
loopback dis- Minor -
able failure

Remote defect -
Minor
indication

Remote discov- -
Minor
ery failure

Non-
recoverable Major -
error

Board not-in- -
Critical
position
Board
Detection point
temperature Minor -
out of limit

Loss of packet Critical -

Excessive -
Major
packet loss ratio

Malformed
packet count Major -
out of limit

PWE3-CES Buffer overrun


count out of Major -
limit

Packet loss
count out of Major -
limit

Remote defect -
Minor
indication (RDI)

Loss of cell -
Major
delineation
ATM interface
Out of cell -
Major
delineation

Performance Performance messages of P90-8GE4A3-SFP board are described in


Table 140.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 201


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 140 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-8GE4A3-SFP BOARD

Whether
there is any
Performance Performance threshold
Detection Point alarm? Remark
Type Message
Performance
Level

Received
undersize frame Major -
count

Received
oversize frame
count (when
JUMBO is
disenabled, it
refers to the
frame with size
over 1522. Major -
When JUMBO
is enabled, it
refers to the
frame with size
over 9600. The
oversize frame is
discarded.)

Received jabber -
Major
frame count

Received CRC
error frame Major -
count
Accumulated
Ethernet
variable Received
interface
performance discarded frame Major -
count

Received byte No threshold -


count alarm

Received frame No threshold -


count alarm

Received multi- No threshold -


cast frame count alarm

Received broad- No threshold -


cast frame count alarm

Received frame
No threshold -
count with length
alarm
of 64 bytes

Received frame
No threshold -
count with length
alarm
of 65-127 bytes

Received frame
No threshold -
count with length
alarm
of 128-255 bytes

202 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Whether
there is any
Performance Performance threshold
Detection Point alarm? Remark
Type Message
Performance
Level

Received frame
No threshold -
count with length
alarm
of 256-511 bytes

Received frame
count with length No threshold -
of 512-1023 alarm
bytes

Received frame
count with length No threshold -
of 1024-1522 alarm
bytes

Received unicast No threshold -


frame count alarm

Received error No threshold -


frame count alarm

Transmitted colli- No threshold -


sion count alarm

Transmitted byte No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted uni- No threshold -


cast frame count alarm

Transmitted No threshold -
frame count alarm

Transmitted mul-
No threshold -
ticast frame
alarm
count

Transmitted
No threshold -
broadcast frame
alarm
count

Transmitted
delay collision Major -
frame count

Transmitted
No threshold -
non-unicast
alarm
frame count

Output optical -
Major
power

Analog Input optical -


Major
performance power

Laser -
Major
temperature

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 203


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether
there is any
Performance Performance threshold
Detection Point alarm? Remark
Type Message
Performance
Level

Laser bias -
Major
current

Malformed -
Major
packet count
Accumulated
variable Buffer overrun -
Major
performance count

Packet loss count Major -

Received packet No threshold -


count alarm
QOS
Transmitted No threshold -
packet count alarm

Non-
accumulated -
Packet loss ratio Major
variable
performance

Received cell No threshold -


count alarm

Transmitted cell No threshold -


count alarm

Uncorrected HCS -
Accumulated Major
cell count
variable ATM interface
performance
Correctable HCS -
Major
cell count

Discarded IDLE
cell count or -
Major
invalidated cell
count

Event None

10.13 P90-8GE4COC3-SFP
10.13.1 Functions of P90-8GE4COC3-
SFP Board

P90-8GE4COC3-SFP board supports 8 gigabit Ethernet optical in-


terfaces, cooperating with the SFP module to implement channel-
ized POS interface.

204 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

The detailed functions are described as follows:


� Support 8 channels of GE optical interfaces.
� Support 4-channel channlized STM-1/OC-3 interfaces.
� The channelized interface supports TDM.
� Support channel protection (non-link protection).
� Implement POS frame encapsulation/de-encapsulation of data
flow.
� Support the clock synchronization.

10.13.2 Operating Principle of


P90-8GE4COC3-SFP Board

P90-8GE4COC3-SFP board is composed of the following modules:


� Interface module
� Interface processing module
� Service processing module
� POS interface module
� Framing module
� Control module
� EMS interface module
� Connection module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP board is illustrated
in Figure 82. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 141.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 205


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 82 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90-8GE4COC3-SFP BOARD

TABLE 141 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE4COC3-SFP BOARD

Module Function Description

Interface The interface module inputs/outputs 8-channel gigabit


module Ethernet optical signals.

� Receiving direction
The interface processing module implements O/E
conversion for Ethernet optical signals, and decoding
and parallel/serial conversion for data. After extracting
Interface clock, it transmits data to the service processing
process- module.
ing mod- � Transmitting direction
ule
The interface processing module implements coding
and parallel/serial conversion for signals transmitted
from the service processing module, implements E/O
conversion, and transmits the signals to Ethernet
optical interface module.

Service
� Transmit service signals to the main control board, and
process-
switch services.
ing mod-
� Process system OAM information.
ule

POS
The POS interface module implements O/E conversion for
interface
4-channel STM-1/OC-3 POS optical signals.
module

206 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Module Function Description

Framing module maps the IP packet into the payload of


SDH frame.
� Receiving direction: map the IP packet with variable
Framing
length into the SDH synchronous payload packet.
module
� Transmitting direction: encapsulate the SDH frame by
using GFP/HDLC protocol, and convert the SDH frame
into the IP packet.

The control module communicates with the main control


board, and executes the following control information de-
livered from the main control board::
Control
� Query interface status of the interface pro-
module
cessing module regularly.
� Perform the online diagnosis function.
� Read the hardware version information of the board.

EMS The EMS interface module downloads board version and


interface configuration information from the main control board to
module implement board management.

The connection module implements conversions between


Con- different communication interfaces, so that the control
nection module can access modules on the front panel. It extracts
module differential clock signals, and transmits the signals to the
clock module.

� Receive clock signals transmitted from the main control


Clock board to be the board synchronization clock.
module � Provide clock signals at line interface to be the system
clock reference.

Power The power supply module receives power inputted from the
supply system motherboard, and converts the power to that needed
module by the board.

10.13.3 Front Panel of P90-8GE4COC3-


SFP Board

The front panel of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP board is shown in Figure


83. Table 142 describes the front panel and related information of
the P90-8GE4COC3-SFP board.

FIGURE 83 FRONT PANEL OF P90-8GE4COC3-SFP BOARD

1. Captive fastener 3. GE optical interface 1-8


2. Working status indicator of GE in- 4. STM-1/OC-3 interface indicator
terface (LINK/ACT) 5. STM-1/OC-3 interface 9-12

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 207


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 142 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF P90-8GE4COC3-SFP BOARD

Item Description

8-port gigabit Ethernet optical interface +


Board Type 4-port channelized STM-1/OC-3 interface
multi-service subcard

Board ID P90-8GE4COC3-SFP

Working status indicator of GE interface,


LNK/ACT
green
Indicator
Working indicator of STM-1 interface,
LNK
green

1-8 GE interface
Interface
9-12 STM-1/OC-3 interface

Captive
Component Fasten the board in the subrack slot.
fastener

10.13.4 Indicators of P90-8GE4COC3-


SFP Board

Table 143 lists working status of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP board and


the corresponding status of indicators.

TABLE 143 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR STATUS


OF P90-8GE4COC3-SFP BOARD

Indicator Status
Working Status
LNK (Green) ACT (Green)

Optical interface is in
ON OFF
connected state.

Optical interface is in
OFF OFF
disconnected state.

Optical interface is
receiving/transmitting ON Flashing
data.

10.13.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP
Board

Alarm Alarm messages of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP board are described in


Table 144.

208 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

TABLE 144 ALARM MESSAGES OF P90-8GE4COC3-SFP BOARD

Detec-
Re-
tion Alarm Message Alarm Level
mark
Point

Ethernet port link down Critical -

Loss Of Signal (LOS) Critical -

Optical module missing Critical -

Optical module rate mismatch Critical -

Ethernet interface -
Major
half-duplex connection

Transmit Fail (TF) Critical -

Output optical power out of -


Major
limit

Input optical power out of -


Major
Ethernet limit
interface
Laser bias current out of limit Minor -

Laser temperature out of limit Minor -

Link invalidation Major -

OAM remote loopback enable -


Minor
failure

OAM remote loopback disable -


Minor
failure

Remote defect indication Minor -

Remote discovery failure Minor -

Non-recoverable error Major -

Board not-in-position Critical -


Board
Detection point temperature -
Minor
out of limit

Loss of packet Critical -

Excessive packet loss ratio Major -

Malformed packet count out -


Major
of limit
PWE3-
CES Buffer overrun count out of -
Major
limit

Packet loss count out of limit Major -

Remote defect indication -


Minor
(RDI)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 209


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Detec-
Re-
tion Alarm Message Alarm Level
mark
Point

Loss of frame (LOF) Critical -

Out of frame (OOF) Critical -

Signal degrade (SD) Minor -


Regen-
eration
section Excessive bit error ratio -
Major
(RS) (EXC)

Unavailable Second (UAS) Major -

Trace identifier mismatch -


Major
(TIM)

Alarm indication signal (AIS) Major -

Remote defect indication -


Minor
(RDI)
Multi-
plexing -
Signal degrade (SD) Minor
section
(MS)
Excessive bit error ratio -
Major
(EXC)

Unavailable second (UAS) Major -

Loss of pointer (LOP) Critical -


AU4
Alarm indication signal (AIS) Major -

Loss of pointer (LOP) Critical -


TU3,
TU12
Alarm indication signal (AIS) Major -

Trace identifier mismatch -


Major
(TIM)

Remote defect indication -


Major
(RDI)

Enhanced remote payload -


Minor
defect

Enhanced remote -
Minor
connectivity defect
VC4,
VC3, Enhanced remote server -
Minor
VC12 defect)

Payload mismatch (PLM) Critical -

Signal degrade (SD) Minor -

Excessive bit error ratio -


Major
(EXC)

Unequipped (UNEQ) Major -

Unavailable second (UAS) Major -

210 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Detec-
Re-
tion Alarm Message Alarm Level
mark
Point

VC4, VC3 Loss of multiframe (LOM) Critical -

Expand signal label mismatch -


VC12 Major
(ExSLM)

Performance Performance messages of P90-8GE4COC3-SFP board are de-


scribed in Table 145.

TABLE 145 PERFORMANCE MESSAGES OF P90-8GE4COC3-SFP BOARD

Whether there is any


Perform- Detection threshold alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Type Point
Performance Level

Received undersize frame -


Major
count

Received oversize frame


count (when JUMBO is
disenabled, it refers to
the frame with size over
1522. When JUMBO is Major -
enabled, it refers to the
frame with size over
9600. The oversize frame
is discarded.)

Received jabber frame -


Major
count

Received CRC error frame -


Major
count

Received discarded frame -


Accumulated Major
Ethernet count
variable
interface
performance Received byte count No threshold alarm -

Received frame count No threshold alarm -

Received multicast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Received broadcast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Received frame count -


No threshold alarm
with length of 64 bytes

Received frame count


with length of 65-127 No threshold alarm -
bytes

Received frame count


with length of 128-255 No threshold alarm -
bytes

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 211


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Whether there is any


Perform- Detection threshold alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Type Point
Performance Level

Received frame count


with length of 256-511 No threshold alarm -
bytes

Received frame count


with length of 512-1023 No threshold alarm -
bytes

Received frame count


with length of 1024-1522 No threshold alarm -
bytes

Received unicast frame -


No threshold alarm
count

Received error frame -


Major
count

Transmitted collision -
Major
count

Transmitted byte count No threshold alarm -

Transmitted unicast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Transmitted frame count No threshold alarm -

Transmitted multicast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Transmitted broadcast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Transmitted delay -
Major
collision frame count

Transmitted non-unicast -
No threshold alarm
frame count

Output optical power Major -

Input optical power Major -


Analog
performance -
Laser temperature Major

Laser bias current Major -

212 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 10 Interface Board

Whether there is any


Perform- Detection threshold alarm?
Performance Message Remark
ance Type Point
Performance Level

Malformed packet count Major -


Accumulated
variable Buffer overrun count Major -
performance
Packet loss count Major -

Received packet count No threshold alarm -


PWE3-CES
QOS
Transmitted packet count No threshold alarm -

Non-
accumulated -
Packet loss ratio Major
variable
performance

Background block error -


Major
(BBE)

Accumulated Regenera- Errored second (ES) Major -


variable tion section
performance (RS) Severely errored second
Major -
(SES)

Unavailable second (UAS) Major -

Background block error -


Major
(BBE)

Errored second (ES) Major -

Severely errored second -


Major
(SES)

Unavailable second (UAS) Major -


Accumulated
MS, VC4,
variable Far-end background block -
VC12 Major
performance error (FEBBE)

Far-end errored second -


Major
(FEES)

Far-end severely errored -


Major
second (FESES)

Far-end unavailable -
Major
second (FEUAS)

Positive pointer -
Major
Accumulated justification count (PJC+)
variable AU4, TU12
performance Negative pointer -
Major
justification count (PJC-)

Event None

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 213


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

This page is intentionally blank.

214 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 11 Motherboards
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> P90S1-LCPA

11.1 P90S1-LCPA
11.1.1 Functions of P90S1-LPCA Board

P90S1-LPCA board provides two subcard slots. The P90S1-LPCA


board needs to cooperate with the service subcards to implement
the service processing function.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� Packet processing function
� Clock monitoring function
� Clock signal delivery function
� Communicate with the main control board.
� Manage and control the subcard.
� Support the synchronous Ethernet function.

11.1.2 Operating Principle of


P90S1-LPCA Board

P90S1-LPCA board is composed of the following modules:


� Packet processing module
� Logic module
� CPU module
� Clock module
� Power supply module
The operating principle of P90S1-LPCA board is illustrated in Figure
84. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in Table 146.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 215


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 84 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF P90S1-LPCA BOARD

TABLE 146 MODULE DESCRIPTIONS OF P90S1-LPCA BOARD

Module Function Description

Packet The packet processing module can process 20 G


processing packet, and cooperate with different subcards to
module implement rate-limit forwarding at the interface.

The logic module reads/writes control and status


Logic module
signals in the board.

� Perform subcard management and control.


CPU module � Perform subcard upgrading and loading
functions.

� Transmit extraction clock of the subcard.


Clock module � Deliver synchronous clock.
� Clock monitoring function

The power supply module receives power inputted


Power supply
from the system motherboard, and converts the
module
power to that needed by the board.

11.1.3 Front Panel of P90S1-LPCA


Board

P90S1-LPCA board is a motherboard with two subcard slots. In


that case the P90S1-LPCA board does not have the front panel.
Figure 85 describes the simple appearance of the P90S1-LPCA
board.

216 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 11 Motherboards

FIGURE 85 SIMPLE APPEARANCE OF P90S1-LPCA BOARD

1. Spanner 2. Subcard slot

11.1.4 Indicators of P90S1-LPCA Board

Since the P90S1-LPCA board does not have the front panel, there
is no indicator on the board.

11.1.5 Alarm, Performance and Event


Messages of P90S1-LPCA Board

The P90S1-LPCA board needs to cooperate with subcards to


process different services. In that case, different alarms and
performance occur. For further information about the alarm,
performance and event messages of the P90S1-LPCA board,
please refer to those messages of subcards supported by the
P90S1-LPCA board.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 217


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

This page is intentionally blank.

218 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 12 Power Modules
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> PM-DC2UB
>> PM-AC2U

12.1 PM-DC2UB
12.1.1 Functions of PM-DC2UB Module

PM-DC2UB is the power supply module adopted in . It provides


-48 V DC power for equipment.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� It adopts 1+1 backup mode, and is supported by two groups
of DC power supply at the same time.
� Over-current protection function
If the current in the equipment exceeds rated current, the
power supply module will cut the power supply for the equip-
ment.
� Over-voltage and under-voltage detection function
If the voltage of external power supply is too low, under–volt-
age alarm occurs in the system. if the voltage of external
power supply is too high, over-voltage alarm occurs in the sys-
tem.

12.1.2 Operating Principle of


PM-DC2UB Module

The operating principle of DC power supply module in is shown


in Figure 86. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 147.

FIGURE 86 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF PM-DC2UB MODULE

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 219


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 147 DESCRIPTIONS OF PM-DC2UB MODULE

Module Function Description

The lightning protection module includes input


Lightning protec- switch, fuse, lightningproof anti-surge circuit,
tion module to implement lightning and surge protection,
over-voltage/under-voltage protection and etc.

The filtering module implements EMI (Electro Mag-


Filtering module netic Interference) filtering for input power, and
improves adaptability of input power.

The slow start module slowly rises starting cur-


Slow start module
rent,and restrains surge current effect.

Circuit devices will be damaged when the polarity


Anti-reverse mod- of power input line is connected reversely, and the
ule board works normally when the polarity is recov-
ered.

The alarm detection module monitors running


Alarm detection
status of the board, and reports input over-volt-
module
age/under-voltage alarms.

12.1.3 Structure Description of


PM-DC2UB Module

There is no front panel in DC power supply module (PM-DC2UB).


Its structure is shown in Figure 87. Table 148 illustrates the struc-
ture description of PM-DC2UB module.

FIGURE 87 STRUCTURE OF PM-DC2UB MODULE

1. Captive fastener
2. Power switch
3. –48 V wire post
4. –48 V RTN wire post
5. Handle

220 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 12 Power Modules

TABLE 148 STRUCTURE DESCRIPTION OF PM-DC2UB MODULE

Item Description

Component type 2U DC power supply module

Component ID PM-DC2UB

Indicator –

Interface –

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener

It facilitates the mounting and dismounting of


Compo- Handle
the module.
nent
It is the switch to control power-on and
Power
power-off, with the identification of ON and
switch
OFF.

12.1.4 Indicators of PW-DC2UB Module

There is no indicator in DC power supply module PW-DC2UB.

12.1.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of PM-DC2UB Module

Alarm None
Performance None
Event None

12.2 PM-AC2U
12.2.1 Functions of PM-AC2U Module

PM-AC2U is the power supply module adopted in . It provides -48


V AC power for equipment.
The detailed functions are described as follows:
� It adopts 1+1 backup mode, and is supported by two groups
of AC power supply at the same time.
� Over-current protection function

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 221


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

If the current in the equipment exceeds rated current, the


power supply module will cut the power supply for the equip-
ment.
� Over-voltage and under-voltage detection function
If the voltage of external power supply is too low, under–volt-
age alarm occurs in the system. if the voltage of external
power supply is too high, over-voltage alarm occurs in the sys-
tem.

12.2.2 Operating Principle of PM-AC2U


Module

The operating principle of AC power supply module in is shown


in Figure 88. The descriptions of functional modules are listed in
Table 149.

FIGURE 88 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF PM-AC2U MODULE

TABLE 149 DESCRIPTIONS OF PM-AC2U MODULE

Module Function Description

The lightning protection module includes input


Lightning protec- switch, fuse, lightningproof anti-surge circuit,
tion module to implement lightning and surge protection,
over-voltage/under-voltage protection and etc.

The filtering module implements EMI (Electro Mag-


Filtering module netic Interference) filtering for input power, and
improves adaptability of input power.

The AC/DC switching module converts input


AC/DC switching
110/220V DC power supply to DC power supply
module
output.

The power conversion module converts input pri-


Power conversion
mary power supply to needed DC voltage output
module
for board.

222 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 12 Power Modules

12.2.3 Structure Description of


PM-AC2U Module

There is no front panel in AC power supply module (PM-AC2U). Its


structure is shown in Figure 89. Table 150 illustrates the structure
description of PM-AC2U module.

FIGURE 89 STRUCTURE OF PM-AC2U MODULE

1. Captive fastener 3. Power switch


2. 100–240 V AC input 4. Handle

TABLE 150 STRUCTURE DESCRIPTION OF PM-DC2UB MODULE

Item Description

Component type 2U AC power supply module

Component ID PM-AC2U

Indicator –

Interface 100–240 V 60–50 Hz AC input

Captive
It fastens the board in the subrack slot.
fastener

It facilitates the mounting and dismounting of


Compo- Handle
the module.
nent
It is the switch to control power-on and
Power
power-off, with the identification of ON and
switch
OFF.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 223


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

12.2.4 Indicators of PW-AC2U Module

There is no indicator in DC/AC power supply module PW-AC2U.

12.2.5 Performance, Alarm and Event


Messages of PM-AC2U Module

Alarm None
Performance None
Event None

224 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 13 M9004-FAN
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> Functions of MP9004–FAN Module
>> Operating Principle of FAN Module
>> Front Panel of FAN Subrack
>> Indicators of M9004–FAN Module
>> Performance, Alarm and Event Messages of MP9004–FAN Module

13.1 Functions of MP9004–FAN


Module
MP9004–FAN is the fan module adopted in , including fan control
board MFAN11, fan and front panel of fan.
� The detailed functions of MFAN11 board are described as fol-
lows:
� It receives -48 V power supply from the motherboard, and
regulates the voltage via voltage regulator module before
providing to the fan.
� It detects rotating speed of the fan, monitors whether the
fan is invalid.
� It adjusts rotating speed of the fan based on detected tem-
perature or main control commands, so as to reduce noise,
save energy and prolong fan’s working life.
� It reports alarms with abnormal statuses to the main con-
trol board.
� The function of the fan is equipment cooling.
� The function of the front panel of fan is to display its working
status via indicator.

13.2 Operating Principle of FAN


Module
FAN board is composed of the following modules:
� Voltage conversion module
� Voltage regulation module
� Actiyator
� Optical coupling isolation module

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 225


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

The operating principle of FAN module is illustrated in Figure 90.


The descriptions of functional modules are listed in Table 151.

FIGURE 90 OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF FAN MODULE

– LED:Light Emitting Diode

TABLE 151 DESCRIPTIONS OF FAN MODULE

Module Function Description

The voltage conversion module converts input -48


Voltage conver-
V voltage to 3.3 V voltage required by actiyator,
sion module
LED display board and other chips.

The voltage regulation module regulates –48 V


Voltage regulation voltage input and then outputs -48 V voltage, so
module as to satisfy the requirements of working voltage
of the fan and ensure the security of the fan.

� Actiyator receives control commands and


data from the main control board and
controls fan, to govern speed.
Actiyator
� Actiyator monitors rotate speed of the fan,
and reports the information to the main
control board and LED display board.

The optical coupling isolation module reduces


EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) interference
Optical coupling
caused by non-common ground between fan and
isolation module
actiyator, and adds an optical coupling isolation
between fan and actiyator.

13.3 Front Panel of FAN Subrack


The front panel of fan subrack is shown in Figure 91. Table 152
describes the front panel and related information of MP9004–FAN
module.

226 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 13 M9004-FAN

FIGURE 91 FRONT PANEL OF FAN SUBRACK

1. Alarm indicator ALM 4. Lock button


2. Running indicator RUN 5. Security alert sign
3. Handle

TABLE 152 FRONT PANEL DESCRIPTIONS OF FAN SUBRACK

Item Description

Board Type Fan subrack

Board ID –

RUN Running indicator of fan plug-in box, green


Indicator
ALM Alarm indicator of fan plug-in box, red

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 227


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Item Description

It facilitates the mounting and dismounting of


Handle
the module.
Compo-
nent
Lock Press the button to fasten the fan plug-in box
button in the subrack slot.

It reminds operators not to touch the fan when


Security alert sign
it is running.

13.4 Indicators of M9004–FAN


Module
Table 153 lists working status of M9004–FAN module and the cor-
responding status of indicators.

TABLE 153 RELATIONS BETWEEN WORKING STATUS AND INDICATOR


STATUS OF M9004–FAN MODULE

Indicator Status
Working Status
RUN (Green) ALM (Red)

Fan module is running


ON OFF
normally.

Fan module is faulty. - ON

13.5 Performance, Alarm and


Event Messages of MP9004–FAN
Module
Alarm None
Performance None
Event None

228 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 14 Service Performances
After you have completed this chapter, you will know:
>> Ethernet Performance
>> Routing Performance
>> MPLS-TP Performance
>> Clock Time Performances
>> Protection Switching Performance
>> Electrical Interface Performances
>> Optical Interface Performances

14.1 Ethernet Performance


Basic Ethernet Basic Ethernet performance specifications of the are listed in Table
Performance 154.

TABLE 154 LIST OF BASIC ETHERNET PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Specification

Maximum system
24 Gbit/s
throughput

Minimum forwarding
≤20us (64K packets)
delay

Packet loss rate ≤1.0 E-4

Minimum frame
64 bytes
length

1518 bytes (without VLAN label)

1522 bytes (with VLAN label)

1536 bytes (ultra-long packet forwarding)


Maximum frame
length
2000 bytes (Jumbo frames are enabled on the
Fast Ethernet (FE) port)

9216 bytes (Jumbo frames are enabled on the


Customer Edge (CE) port)

When unicast services are switched from an in-


No head-of-line block- gress port to multiple egress ports, if conges-
ing for unicast service tion occurs on one or more egress ports, serv-
forwarding ices forwarded from the ingress port to other
egress ports are not blocked.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 229


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

VLAN ID Quantity The C-VLAN ID stipulated in the Institute of Electrical and Electron-
ics Engineers (IEEE) 802.1Q that can be recognized by all Ethernet
ports of the is in the range of 1 to 4094. The VLAN ID that can be
configured by all Ethernet ports is in the range of 1 to 4094.
Ethernet EVC The quantity of Ethernet Virtual Connection (EVC) services sup-
Service Quantity ported by the is listed in Table 155.

TABLE 155 LIST OF ETHERNET EVC SERVICE QUANTITY

Performance Specification
Service Type
(PCS)

E-LINE 1K

E-LAN+E-TREE 64

MAC Address MAC address performance specifications of the are listed in Table
156.

TABLE 156 LIST OF MAC ADDRESS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Performance Specification

MAC address table capacity 512K

MAC address learning speed 1000/s

MAC address aging time 60-3600s

Port MAC address binding 1K

MAC address filtering 1K

ACL Performance Access Control List (ACL) performance specifications of the are
listed in Table 157.

TABLE 157 LIST OF ACL PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Performance Specification

Ingress ACL count 7K

Egress ACL count 7K

Other Ethernet Other Ethernet performance specifications of the are listed in Table
Performance 158.

TABLE 158 LIST OF OTHER ETHERNET PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Performance Specification

Group 32
Link Aggrega-
tion Control Maximum num-
Protocol (LACP) ber of ports in 8
each group

230 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 14 Service Performances

Item Performance Specification

Layer 2 multi-
Multicast 4K
cast count

Multiple Span-
Instance quan-
ning Tree Proto- 32
tity
col (MSTP)

14.2 Routing Performance


Routing performance specifications of the are listed in Table 159.

TABLE 159 LIST OF ROUTING PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Performance Specification

ARP table 64K

IPV4 host routing table 64K

IPv4 network segment routing ta-


256K
ble

Layer 3 interface table 4000

Static route count 4K

14.3 MPLS-TP Performance


MPLS-TP performance specifications of the are listed in Table 160.

TABLE 160 LIST OF MPLS-TP PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Specification

MPLS-TP label range 16-1048575

Number of MPLS-TP OAM instan-


4K/1K
ces (fast/slow)
Number of MPLS-TP linear protec-
4K
tion groups

14.4 Clock Time Performances


14.4.1 Synchronous Clock Source

ZXCTN 9004 supports Ethernet signal clock retrieving and SDH line
signal clock extraction, the performance meets G.8261 standards.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 231


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Each port in 10G Ethernet optical line process card supports clock
extraction. However, only the four ports with biggest port numbers
support clock extraction.

14.4.2 Clock Synchronization


Performances

clock synchronization performances meet requirements of the fol-


lowing standards:
� ITU-T G.823
� ITU-T G.8261
� ITU-T G.8262
� ITU-T G.8264

14.4.3 Protection Switchover


Performance

protection switchover performance can meet the requirements of


Table 161 and Table 162.

TABLE 161 PROTECTION SWITCHOVER PERFORMANCE

Protection Type Performance Indexes

1+1 path protection Less than 50 ms

1:1 path protection Less than 50 ms

1+1 SNC protection Less than 50 ms

1:1 SNC protection Less than 50 ms

T-MPLS loop protection Less than 50 ms

Ethernet loop protection Less than 50 ms

– The object of loop protection switchover is the loop network including 16


nodes. Do the test in the case of without hold-off.

TABLE 162 PROTECTION SWITCHOVER HOLD-OFF AND WAITING TO RESTORE


TIME

Category Time range Step

Hold-off time 0-10 s 100 ms

Wait to Restore (WTR) 1-12 min 1 min


Time

232 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 14 Service Performances

14.5 Protection Switching


Performance
Protection switching performance of the meets the requirements
listed in Table 163 and Table 164.

TABLE 163 PROTECTION SWITCHING PERFORMANCE

Protection Type Performance Specification

1+1 path protection <50ms

1:1 path protection <50ms

MPLS-TP ring-network protection <50ms

Ethernet ring-network protection <50ms

– The ring-network protection switching time is tested in a ring network


composed of 16 nodes without protection hold-off.

TABLE 164 PROTECTION SWITCHING HOLD-OFF TIME AND WAIT TO


RESTORE TIME

Category Time Range Step Length

Protection hold-off
0-10s 100ms
time

Wait to restore time 1-12 min 1 min

14.6 Electrical Interface


Performances
14.6.1 GE Optical Interface
Specification

GE optical interface supported by complies IEEE 802.3 standard.


The specifications of GE optical interface are shown in Table 165.

TABLE 165 GE OPTICAL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Performance Specifications

Interface types 1000B- 1000B- 1000 1000 1000B-


ASE-SX ASE-LX BASE- BASE- ASE-ZX
LH1 LH2

Nominal rate 1000


(Mbit/s)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 233


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Item Performance Specifications

Connector types LC

Fiber types multi- single- single- single- single-


mode mode mode mode mode

Transmission 0.5 10 40 40 80
distance (km)

Operating 830 ~ 1270 ~ 1270 ~ 1540 ~ 1540 ~


wavelength 860 1355 1355 1570 1570
(nm)

Average sent -9.5 ~ -9.5 ~ -4.5 ~ -5.0 ~ 0 0 ~


optical power -4.0 -3.0 5.0 +5.0
(dBm)

Sensitivity of the -17 -20 -22 -22 -22


receiver (dBm)

Overload optical 0 -3 -3 -3 0
power of the
receiver (dBm)

Minimum 9 9 9 9 9
extinction ratio
(dB)

14.6.2 E1 Electrical Interface


Specification

The specifications of E1 interface supported by are shown in Table


166.

TABLE 166 E1 ELECTRICAL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Performance Specifications

Nominal rate (Mbit/s) 2.048

Coding types High Density Bipolar of order 3 (HDB3)

Allowable attenuation of the 0 ~ 6(1024 kHz)


input interface (dB)

Allowable frequency >±50


deviation of the input
interface (ppm)

Bit rate tolerance of the <±50


input interface (ppm)

Jitter and wander of the Complies with ITU-T G.823


output interface

Signal waveform of the Complies with ITU-T G.703


output interface

234 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 14 Service Performances

Item Performance Specifications

Anti-interference capability 18
of the output interface (dB)

Input jitter and wander Complies with ITU-T G.823


tolerance

Reflection attenuation of the Complies with ITU-T G.703


input interface

– 1ppm=1×10-6 。

14.6.3 T1 Electrical Interface


Performances

Table 167 lists the performance indexes of T1 electrical interfaces.

TABLE 167 PERFORMANCE INDEXES OF T1 ELECTRICAL INTERFACES

Item Performance Index

Nominal rate 1544 kbit/s

Code pattern Alternate Mark Inversion (AMI) or


Bipolar with 8-Zero Substitution
(B8ZS)

Bit rate tolerance of the output <±32 ppm


interface

Output interface signal waveform Conforms to the template defined


in ITU-T G.703

Load impedance for test 100 Ω

14.7 Optical Interface


Performances
14.7.1 10GE Interface Performance

10GE interfaces of the adopt the XFP optical module.


Performance specifications of 10GE optical interfaces are listed in
Table 168.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 235


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 168 LIST OF PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS OF 10GE OPTICAL


INTERFACES

Optical Opti- Optical Oper- Maxi- Aver- Re-


Module cal In- Module ating mum age ceiver
Model terface Type Wave- Trans- Trans- Sensi-
Type length mis- mitting tivity
sion Optical
Dis- Power
tance

SX LC in- Multi- 850 nm 300 m -7.3 -11.1


(XFP- terface mode dBm to dBm
M300) -1 dBm

LR LC in- Single 1310 10 km -6 dBm -10.3


(XFP- terface mode nm to -1 dBm
S10K) dBm

LH LC in- Single 1550 40 km -2 dBm -11.3


(XFP- terface mode nm to 1 dBm
S40K) dBm

ZX LC in- Single 1550 70 km –1 dBm -11.3


(XFP- terface mode nm to 4 dBm
S70K) dBm

14.7.2 POS/CPOS Optical Interface


Performance

The supports OC-3c/OC-12c/OC-48c/OC-192c POS interfaces and


OC-3/OC-12 CPOS interfaces.
OC-3c POS interfaces and OC-3 CPOS interfaces adopt the SFP
optical module. The interface performance specifications are listed
in Table 169.

TABLE 169 LIST OF PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS OF OC-3C POS INTERFACES AND OC-3 CPOS
INTERFACES

Item Specification

Interface rate 155.520 kbit/s

Optical interface S-1.1 L-1.1 L-1.2


model

Optical interface type LC interface LC interface LC interface

Optical source type Single mode Single mode Single mode

Operating wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm

Maximum 15 km 40 km 80 km
transmission distance

Average transmitting -14 dBm to -8 dBm -5 dBm to 0 dBm -3 dBm to 3 dBm


optical power

236 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 14 Service Performances

Item Specification

Receiver sensitivity -31 dBm -36 dBm -37 dBm

Extinction ratio 8.2 dB 10 dB 10 dB

OC-12c POS interfaces and OC-12 CPOS interfaces adopt the SFP
optical module. The interface performance specifications are listed
in Table 170.

TABLE 170 LIST OF PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS OF OC-12C POS


INTERFACES

Item Specification

Interface 622.080 kbit/s


rate

Optical S-4.1 L-4.1 L-4.2 L-4.2 (long-


interface haul)
model

Optical LC interface LC interface LC interface LC interface


interface
type

Optical Single mode Single mode Single mode Single mode


source type

Operating 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm


wavelength

Maximum 15 km 40 km 80 km 120 km
transmis-
sion dis-
tance

Average -15 dBm to -2 dBm to 2 -2 dBm to 2 2 dBm to 7


transmitting -8 dBm dBm dBm dBm
optical
power

Receiver -31 dBm -28 dBm -31 dBm -37 dBm


sensitivity

Extinction 8.2 dB 8.2 dB 8.2 dB 10.5 dB


ratio

OC-48c POS interfaces adopt the SFP optical module. The interface
performance specifications are listed in Table 170.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 237


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 171 LIST OF PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS OF OC-48C POS


OPTICAL INTERFACES

Item Specification

Interface 2488.320 kbit/s


rate

Optical S-16.1 S-16.1 L-16.1 L-16.2


interface
model

Optical LC interface LC interface LC interface LC interface


interface
type

Optical Single mode Single mode Single mode Single mode


source type

Operating 1310 nm 1550 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm


wavelength

Maximum 15 km 15 km 40 km 80 km
transmis-
sion dis-
tance

Average -4 dBm to 0 -5 dBm to 0 -1 dBm to 3 -1 dBm to 3


transmitting dBm dBm dBm dBm
optical
power

Receiver -21 dBm -18 dBm -30 dBm -31 dBm


sensitivity

Extinction 8.2 dB 8.2 dB 8.2 dB 8.2 dB


ratio

OC-192c POS interfaces adopt the XFP optical module. The inter-
face performance specifications are listed in Table 172.

TABLE 172 LIST OF PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS OF OC-192C POS INTERFACES

Item Specification

Interface rate 9953.280 kbit/s

Optical interface model S-64.1

Optical interface type LC interface

Optical source type Single mode

Operating wavelength 1310 nm

Maximum transmission 10 km
distance

Average transmitting optical -5 dBm to -1 dBm


power

238 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 14 Service Performances

Item Specification

Receiver sensitivity -14 dBm

Extinction ratio 6 dB

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 239


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

This page is intentionally blank.

240 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical
Performances

After you have completed this chapter, you will know:


>> Physical Performance
>> Power Supply Indexes
>> Grounding Requirements
>> Lightning Protection Requirements
>> Environment Requirements
>> Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements
>> Reliability Indexes
>> Safety Authentication
>> Standards & Recommendations

15.1 Physical Performance


Dimensions and Dimensions and weights of components of the are listed in Table
Weight 173.

TABLE 173 LIST OF DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS OF COMPONENTS OF THE

Wei-
Component Dimensions (mm) ght Remarks
(kg)

ZTE Cabinet weight is the


transmission 2200 (H) x 600 (W) x 600 (D) 110 weight of an empty
device cabinet cabinet.

Subrack weight
ZXCTN 9004 includes weights
399.3 (H) x 482.6 (W) x 571 (D) 26.5
subrack of the backplane and
the fan module.

Fan module 43.6 (H) x 437 (W) x 537 (D) 3 -

Power module 88.1 (H) x 145.1 (W) x 433.4 (D) 4 -

Control board 395.4 (H) x 35.3 (W) x 510 (D) 5 -

Service board 395.4 (H) x 40.3 (W) x 510 (D)


For
1/2 flexible interface subcard their
weigh- -
Interface 177.3 (H) x 40.3 (W) x 199.5 (D)
ts, re-
subcard 1/4 flexible interface subcard fer to .
172.0 (H) x 17.5 (W) x 27.5 (D)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 241


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Service Board Weight specifications of service boards of the are listed in Table
Weight 174.

TABLE 174 LIST OF WEIGHTS OF COMMON SERVICE BOARDS OF THE

Weight
Board/Unit Name English Code
(kg)

24-port GE Electrical Interface Line


P90S1-24GE-RJ 4.5
Processing Unit

24-port GE Optical Interface Line


P90S1-24GE-SFP 4.5
Processing Unit (SyncE supported)

48-port GE Electrical Interface Line


P90S1-48GE-RJ 5.0
Processing Unit

48-port GE Optical Interface Line


P90S1-48GE-SFP 5.0
Processing Unit (SyncE supported)

12-port GE Optical Interface +


P90S1-12GE1XGE-
1-port 10GE Optical Interface Line 4.5
SFPXFP
Processing Unit (SyncE supported)

24-port GE Optical Interface +


P90S1-24GE2XGE-
2-port 10GE Optical Interface Line 5.0
SFPXFP
Processing Unit (SyncE supported)

2-port 10GE Optical Interface Line


P90S1-2XGE-XFP 4.0
Processing Unit (SyncE supported)

4-port 10GE Optical Interface Line


P90S1-4XGE-XFP 4.5
Processing Unit (SyncE supported)

2-port 10GE Optical Interface Line


P90S1-2XGET-XFP 4.0
Processing Unit (1588V2 supported)

4-port 10GE Optical Interface Line


P90S1-4XGET-XFP 4.5
Processing Unit (1588V2 supported)

1-port OC-192c POS Interface


P90-1P192-XFP 0.6
Subcard

8-port OC-12c/OC-3c Configurable


P90-8P12/3-SFP 0.6
POS Interface Subcard

8-port GE Optical Interface + 1-port


P90-8GE1CP12/3-
OC-12/OC-3 Configurable CPOS 0.8
SFP
Interface Subcard

8-port GE Optical Interface + 4-port


Channelized STM-1/OC-3 Interface P90-8GE4COC3-SFP 0.8
Multi-service Subcard

8-port GE Optical Interface + 4-port


P90-8GE4A3-SFP 0.8
OC-3c ATM Interface Subcard

242 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

Bearing Capacity In the case that only the is considered, the bearing capacity of the
Requirements for equipment room should be larger than 450 kg/m2.
the Equipment
Room

15.2 Power Supply Indexes


15.2.1 Power Supply Requirements

supports 110 V/220 V AC and -48 V/-60 V DC power supply. Table


175 lists the power supply requirements of .

TABLE 175 INPUT POWER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS

Property Input Range

Power supply condition 110 V/220 V (110 V/220 V) +/-10%,


(AV) 50 Hz

Power supply condition -48 V/-60 V -40 V to -72 V


(DV)

15.2.2 Power Consumption


Specifications

Power consumption specifications of boards/units of the are listed


in Table 176.

TABLE 176 LIST OF POWER CONSUMPTION SPECIFICATIONS OF COMMON BOARDS OF THE

Maximum Power
Maximum Power
Consumption
Consumption at
Board/Unit Name English Code at Normal
High Temperature
Temperature
(45oC) (W)
(25oC) (W)

Fan module P9004-FAN 50 52.5

1.26%P (P indicates
2U DC power module PM-DC2UB 1.2%P power consumption of
the equipment)

10.5%P (P indicates
2U AC power module PM-AC2U 10%P power consumption of
the equipment)

Control board P9004-MSC 70 73.5

Control board P9004-MSCT 100 120

24-port GE Electrical
Interface Line Pro- P90S1-24GE-RJ 150 157.5
cessing Unit

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 243


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Maximum Power
Maximum Power
Consumption
Consumption at
Board/Unit Name English Code at Normal
High Temperature
Temperature
(45oC) (W)
(25oC) (W)

24-port GE Optical In-


terface Line Process-
P90S1-24GE-SFP 150 157.5
ing Unit (SyncE sup-
ported)

48-port GE Electrical
Interface Line Pro- P90S1-48GE-RJ 200 210
cessing Unit

48-port GE Optical In-


terface Line Process-
P90S1-48GE-SFP 200 210
ing Unit (SyncE sup-
ported)

12-port GE Optical
Interface + 1-port
10GE Optical Inter- P90S1-12GE1XGE-
150 157.5
face Line Process- SFPXFP
ing Unit (SyncE sup-
ported)

24-port GE Optical
Interface + 2-port
10GE Optical Inter- P90S1-24GE2XGE-
190 199.5
face Line Process- SFPXFP
ing Unit (SyncE sup-
ported)

2-port 10GE Optical


Interface Line Pro-
P90S1-2XGE-XFP 140 147
cessing Unit (SyncE
supported)

4-port 10GE Optical


Interface Line Pro-
P90S1-4XGE-XFP 180 189
cessing Unit (SyncE
supported)

2-port 10GE Optical


Interface Line Pro-
P90S1-2XGET-XFP 169 202
cessing Unit (1588V2
supported)

4-port 10GE Optical


Interface Line Pro-
P90S1-4XGET-XFP 256 307
cessing Unit (1588V2
supported)

1-port OC-192c POS


P90-1P192-XFP 10 10.5
Interface Subcard

8-port OC-12c/OC-3c
Configurable POS In- P90-8P12/3-SFP 15 15.75
terface Subcard

244 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

Maximum Power
Maximum Power
Consumption
Consumption at
Board/Unit Name English Code at Normal
High Temperature
Temperature
(45oC) (W)
(25oC) (W)

8-port GE Optical
Interface + 1-port
OC-12/OC-3 Configu- P90-8GE1CP12/3-SFP 30 31.5
rable CPOS Interface
Subcard

8-port GE Optical
Interface + 4-port
Channelized STM- P90-8GE4COC3-SFP 30 31.5
1/OC-3 Interface
Multi-service Subcard

8-port GE Optical
Interface + 4-port
P90-8GE4A3-SFP 24.5 25.725
OC-3c ATM Interface
Subcard

Multi-service back-
plane A (2-interface P90S1-LPCA 160 168
subcard slot)

Power consumption of the equipment differs with respect to spe-


cific configuration. The maximum power consumption is less than
1400 W. Power consumption of the in typical configuration is shown
in Table 177.

TABLE 177 POWER CONSUMPTION OF THE (TYPICAL CONFIGURATION)

Device
Name Model/Board Unit Quantity
Code

Subrack of the
(including the - Set 1
backplane)

Control board P9004-MSC PCS 2

24-port GE
Electrical Inter-
P90S1-24GE-RJ PCS 1
face Line Pro-
cessing Unit

2-port 10GE
Optical Inter-
face Line Pro- P90S1-2XGE-
PCS 1
cessing Unit XFP
(SyncE sup-
ported)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 245


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Device
Name Model/Board Unit Quantity
Code

24-port GE Op-
tical Interface
+ 2-port 10GE
P90S1-
Optical Inter-
24GE2XGE- PCS 1
face Line Pro-
SFPXFP
cessing Unit
(SyncE sup-
ported)

Fan module P9004-FAN PCS 2

2U DC power
PM-DC2UB PCS 2
module

Total power
737 W
consumption

15.3 Grounding Requirements


Requirements � Each board in the device is connected to device shell through
for Internal panel. Make sure there is no electrical connection inside each
Grounding of board.
Device
� The covers of cabinet and subracks are connected to the pro-
tective earth.

Note:
Cabinet is connected to the grounding copper bar in the equipment
room through protective earth and maintains good electric char-
acteristics. Subrack is firmly fastened to the polar at the back of
cabinet for grounding.

Requirements � The grounding resistance of a user computer room adopting


for Grounding in joint grounding shall be no more than 1Ω.
Computer Room
uses the combined grounding mode. The grounding resistance
of a central equipment room should be no more than 1 Ω. The
grounding resistance of a far-end equipment room should be
no more than 5 Ω.
� When the user equipment room provides the working ground
copper bar and protection ground copper bar respectively,
working ground of is connected to the working ground copper
bar. Ground terminal of the protection ground and the ground
terminal at the left side of the equipment room are connected
to the working ground copper bar.Figure 92 takes the connec-
tion with DC power as an example.

246 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

FIGURE 92 ELECTRIC POWER LINE AND GROUNDING CABLE DIAGRAM


(JOINT GROUNDING)

� When the user equipment room only provides one ground-


ing copper bar, the working ground, protection ground and
the chassis shell of are all connected to the grounding cop-
per bar.Figure 93 takes the connection with DC power as an
example.

FIGURE 93 ELECTRIC POWER LINE AND GROUNDING CABLE DIAGRAM


(JOINT GROUNDING)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 247


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Note:
When the subrack is installed in the cabinet, power cable is con-
nected with the subrack power port provided by the cabinet. Pro-
tection grounding cable is connected with the protection ground
copper bar of the cabinet.

� If user computer room adopts the independent grounding


mode, the grounding resistances shall meet the requirements
listed in Table 178.

TABLE 178 GROUNDING RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS IN INDEPENDENT


GROUNDING MODE

Item Resistance (Ω)

AC working ground resistance ≤4

DC working ground resistance ≤4

Safety protective earth ≤4


resistance

Lightning protection ground ≤4


resistance

The voltage between protection grounding terminals and work-


ing ground terminals should be smaller than 50 mV.
When independent grounding is used in the user equipment
room, the working ground of the equipment is connected to
the DC power ground, and the protection ground is connected
to the protection ground, as shown in Figure 94.

FIGURE 94 ELECTRIC POWER LINE AND GROUNDING CABLE DIAGRAM


(INDEPENDENT GROUNDING)

248 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

� Copper bar with cross section area no less than 120 mm2 shall
be used as grounding copper bar. Galvanized flat steel with the
dimension not less than 40 mm×4 mm can also be used.
� Be sure to use copper lugs, bolts and spring washers to fasten
the connections between the device grounding cable and the
grounding busbar or grounding bar. One bolt can only be used
to connect one grounding cable. Determine the dimension of
grounding busbar and the number of screws according to the
number of grounding cables of devices in computer room.

Note:
If the equipment room provides working ground and protective
earth separately, the working ground and protective earth of the
device shall be connected to corresponding grounding copper bus-
bar. If the equipment room provides only one grounding copper
busbar, the working ground and protective earth of the device can
be jointed for grounding. The ground resistance shall meet the
above requirements.

15.4 Lightning Protection


Requirements
Table 179 describes typical lightning protection classes of power
supplies of communication devices.

TABLE 179 TYPICAL PROTECTION CLASSES OF POWER SUPPLY LIGHTNING

Lightning Indexes Location of


Protection Class Lightning
Protection Circuit

Class B (Class I) 40 kA (8 μs /20 μs) AC Power Distribution


Panel/Box

Class C (Class II) 20 kA (8 μs /20 μs) DC Power Supply


Cabinet

Class D (Class III) 6000 V (combination -48 V Power Rectifier


wave)

Lightning � Lead AC power cables underground into the equipment room.


Protection
Requirements for � Because AC power distribution panel and DC power cabinet
Power Supply in may be placed in the same equipment room, the distance be-
Central Equipment tween Class B and Class C lightning arrestors must meet the
Room following decoupling distance requirements:
� If the protection ground cable is laid independently, the
distance between Class B and Class C lightning protection
arrestors shall not be not less than 5 m.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 249


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� If the protection ground cable and power cable are laid in


parallel, the distance between Class B and Class C lightning
protection arrestors shall be not less than 15 m.
If the required decoupling distance cannot be met due to re-
stricted conditions in the equipment room, install additional
decoupling inductance(s) before the Class C lightning arrestor
by 1.5 H/m.
� The ground cables of Class B and Class C lightning arrestors
should employ stranded copper wires with cross section areas
no less than 95 mm2 to connect with Main Earthing Terminal
(MET) or Floor Equipotential earthing terminal Board (FEB).
Keep the length of ground cables as short as possible.
Requirements � Connect the protection ground cable of subrack installed in a
for Lightning cabinet to the protection ground busbar in the cabinet. Use
Protection of stranded copper wire with cross section area no less than 16
Devices mm2 for the protection ground cable of the cabinet, and con-
nect the protection ground with the ground busbar or ground
bar (including column-head power cabinet).
� Short-circuit the protection ground of the transmission device
with the DC power ground, and then connect the protection
ground to the protection ground busbar in the cabinet if the
device is powered by DC power source.
� Do not lead the protection ground of the transmission device
out of the cabinet and directly connect it to the ground busbar
or ground bar (including column-head power cabinet) in the
equipment room.

15.5 Environment Requirements


15.5.1 Storage Environment

Climate Table 180 lists the climate requirements for storing .


Requirement
TABLE 180 REQUIREMENTS FOR CLIMATE (STORAGE ENVIRONMENT)

Item Specifications

Altitude ≤4000 m

Air pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa

Temperature -40 ℃ to +70 ℃

Temperature variance ratio ≤1 ℃/min

Relative humidity 5% to 100%

Solar radiation ≤1120 W/s2

Hot radiation ≤600 W/s2

Wind speed ≤20 m/s

250 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

Waterproof � Store the equipment indoor.


Requirement
� Ensure that there is no water on the storage room floor, so
that the water will not leak on the packing container of the
equipment.
� The storage position should be far away from the possible leak-
ing positions of the automatic fire fighting equipment and the
heating system.
� If the equipment should be stored outside, the requirements
are listed as follows:
� Ensure that the packing of the equipment is in good condi-
tion without any damages.
� Rainwater-proof measures should be taken, so that the
rainwater will not damage the pack of the equipment.
� Ensure there is no water on the floor or in the packing
container of the equipment.
� Do not expose the packing to direct sunlight.
Biology � Avoid the propagation of microorganism, such as fungi or
Environment mould.
� Avoid rodent (such as mouse) to damage the equipment.
Air Cleanness � There should be no explosive, electrically conductive, magnet-
Requirement ically conductive or corrosive dust in the equipment room.
� Table 181 lists the requirements for concentrations of mechan-
ical active substances.
� Table 182 lists the requirements for concentrations of chemical
active substances.

TABLE 181 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCENTRATIONS OF MECHANICAL ACTIVE


SUBSTANCES (STORAGE ENVIRONMENT)

Mechanical Active Substance Concentration

Suspended dust ≤5.00 mg/m3

Degraded dust ≤20.0 mg/m2•h

Sand ≤300 mg/m3

TABLE 182 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCENTRATIONS OF CHEMICAL ACTIVE


SUBSTANCES (STORAGE ENVIRONMENT)

Chemical Active Substance Concentration

SO2 ≤0.30 mg/m3

H2S ≤0.10 mg/m3

NO2 ≤0.50 mg/m3

NH3 ≤1.00 mg/m3

Cl2 ≤0.10 mg/m3

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 251


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Chemical Active Substance Concentration

HCI ≤0.10 mg/m3

HF ≤0.01 mg/m3

O3 ≤0.05 mg/m3

15.5.2 Transportation Environment

Climate Table 183 lists the requirements for climate during the transporta-
Requirement tion of .

TABLE 183 REQUIREMENTS FOR CLIMATE (TRANSPORTATION ENVIRONMENT)

Item Specifications

Altitude ≤4000 m

Air pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa

Temperature -40 ℃ to +70 ℃

Temperature variance ratio ≤1 ℃/min

Relative humidity 5% to 100%

Solar radiation ≤1120 W/s2

Hot radiation ≤600 W/s2

Wind speed ≤20 m/s

Waterproof � Ensure that the packing of the equipment is in good condition


Requirement without any damages.
� The transportation tool should have rainwater-proof measures,
so that the rainwater will not damage the pack of the equip-
ment.
� Ensure there is no water in the transportation tool.
Biology � Avoid the propagation of microorganism, such as fungi or
Environment mould.
� Avoid rodent (such as mouse) to damage the equipment.
Air Cleanness � There should be no explosive, electrically conductive, magnet-
Requirement ically conductive or corrosive dust in the equipment room.
� Table 184 lists the requirements for concentrations of mechan-
ical active substances.
� Table 185 lists the requirements for concentrations of chemical
active substances.

252 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

TABLE 184 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCENTRATIONS OF MECHANICAL ACTIVE


SUBSTANCES (TRANSPORTATION ENVIRONMENT)

Mechanical Active Substance Concentration

Suspended dust No special requirements

Degraded dust ≤3.0 mg/m2•h

Sand ≤100 mg/m3

TABLE 185 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCENTRATIONS OF CHEMICAL ACTIVE


SUBSTANCES (TRANSPORTATION ENVIRONMENT)

Chemical Active Substance Concentration

SO2 ≤0.30 mg/m3

H2S ≤0.10 mg/m3

NO2 ≤0.50 mg/m3

NH3 ≤1.00 mg/m3

Cl2 ≤0.10 mg/m3

HCI ≤0.10 mg/m3

HF ≤0.01 mg/m3

O3 ≤0.05 mg/m3

15.5.3 Operation Environment

Climate The temperature and relative humidity requirements during the


Requirement operation of the equipment are listed in Table 186. The other cli-
mate requirements are listed in Table 187.

TABLE 186 REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY (OPERATING


ENVIRONMENT)

Item Description

Ambient temperature Long term running: 0 ºC to +45 ºC

Short term running: -5 ºC to +50 ºC

Relative humidity Long term running: 5% to 90%

Short term running: 5% to 95%

– The temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4
m in front of the equipment.
– Short term running means that the equipment works continuously for no
more than 96 hours and works for no more than 15 days in one year.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 253


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 187 REQUIREMENTS FOR CLIMATE (OPERATION ENVIRONMENT)

Item Specifications

Altitude ≤ 4000 m

Air pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa

Temperature variance ratio ≤ 30 ℃/h

Solar radiation ≤ 700 W/s2

Thermal radiation ≤ 600 W/s2

Wind speed ≤ 5 m/s

Biology � Avoid the propagation of animalcules, such as fungi and mold.


Environment
� Prevent rodents, such as mice.
Air Cleanness � There should be no explosive, electrically conductive, magnet-
Requirement ically conductive or corrosive dust in the equipment room.
� The concentration of mechanical active materials in the trans-
portation environment shall meet the requirements in Table
188.

TABLE 188 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCENTRATION OF MECHANICAL


ACTIVE MATERIALS IN TRANSPORTATION ENVIRONMENT (OPERATION
ENVIRONMENT)

Mechanical Active Substance Concentration

Dust particle ≤3×105 particle/m3

Suspended dust ≤5.00 mg/m3

Degraded dust ≤20.0 mg/m2 h

Sand ≤300 mg/m3

� Active chemical substance density meets the requirements in


Table 189.

TABLE 189 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCENTRATION OF CHEMICAL ACTIVE


MATERIALS (OPERATION ENVIRONMENT)

Chemical Active Substance Concentration (mg/m3)

SO2 ≤ 0.30

H2S ≤ 0.10

NO2 ≤ 0.50

NH3 ≤ 3.00

Cl2 ≤ 0.10

HCl ≤ 0.10

254 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

Chemical Active Substance Concentration (mg/m3)

HF ≤ 0.01

O3 ≤ 0.05

NOx ≤ 0.50

15.6 Electromagnetic Compatibility


Requirements
15.6.1 Criteria

Criteria in Table 190 are applied to judge the Electromagnetic Com-


patibility (EMC) test result.

TABLE 190 EMC TEST RESULT CRITERIA

Criterion for Test Description


Result

Performance A Digital signal interface: Device works normally


criterion during the test. When each single interference
ends, the bit error count does not exceed the
maximum permitted bit error count.
Analog audio signal interface: It shall be always
connected during the test. The noise signal
measured with 600 Ω impedance and received
from the equipment under test (EUT) shall be
no more than -40 dBm.

Performance B Digital signal interface: Device functions are


criterion degraded transitorily due to interference, and
can automatically recover after interference is
removed. No frame queue or synchronization
gets lost during interference. No alarm is
generated due to electromagnetic pulse.
Analog audio signal interface: It shall be always
connected during the test. Connection can be
broken in surge test. EUT performances shall
automatically recover after interference ends.

Performance C Device functions are degraded transitorily due


criterion to interference in the test, and can recover
automatically or manually after interference is
removed.

Performance R In the test, device can be tested without being


criterion damaged or generating other interferences
(such as software damage or mis-operation to
fault protection device), and can run normally
within the specified limit after electromagnetic
transient ends.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 255


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

15.6.2 Immunity Performances

This section describes the immunity performances of .


Electrostatic ESD immunity indexes are shown in Table 191.
Discharge (ESD)
Immunity TABLE 191 ESD IMMUNITY INDEXES

Contact Discharge Air Discharge Judge Criterion

6 kV 8 kV Performance B
criterion

8 kV 15 kV Performance B
criterion

– These conform to IEC 61000-4-2 and GR-1089 standards.

Radiated When the test frequency is set to 80 MHz to 2 GHz, RS immunity


Susceptibility (RS) indexes are shown in Table 192.
Immunity
TABLE 192 RS IMMUNITY INDEXES

Electrical Field Amplitude Judge Criterion


Strength Modulation

10 V/m 80%AM (1 kHz) Performance A


criterion

– These conform to IEC 61000-4-3 standard.

Electrical Fast Electrical Fast Transient (EFT) includes the immunity performance
Transient (EFT) on DC power port, AC power port, and signal and control ports.
Immunity
� DC Power Port Immunity (Direct Coupling)
DC power port immunity indexes are shown in Table 193.

TABLE 193 DC POWER PORT IMMUNITY INDEXES

Generator Voltage Repetition Judge


Waveform Frequency Criterion

5ns/50 ns ±1 kV 5 kHz Performance B


criterion

– These conform to IEC 61000-4-4 standard.

� AC Power Port Immunity (Direct Coupling)


AC power port immunity indexes are shown in Table 194.

TABLE 194 AC POWER PORT IMMUNITY INDEXES

Generator Test Voltage Repetition Judge


Waveform Frequency Criterion

5 ns/50 ns ±2 kV 5 kHz Performance B


criterion

256 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

– These conform to IEC 61000-4-4 standard.

� Signal Cable Port and Control Cable Port Immunity (With Ca-
pacitive Coupling Clamp)
Immunity indexes on signal cable port and control cable port
are shown in Table 195.

TABLE 195 IMMUNITY INDEXES OF SIGNAL CABLE PORT AND CONTROL


CABLE PORT

Generator Test Voltage Repetition Judge


Waveform Frequency Criterion

5 ns/50 ns ±1 kV 5 kHz Performance B


criterion

– These conform to IEC 61000-4-4 standard.

Lightning Surge � Lightning Surge Immunity of Power Supply


Immunity
� When the waveform of the waveform generator is set to 1.2
μs/50 μs or 8 μs/20 μs, lightning surge immunity indexes
of DC power supply are shown in Table 196.

TABLE 196 LIGHTNING SURGE IMMUNITY INDEXES OF DC POWER


SUPPLY

Test Mode Internal Test Voltage Judge


Resistance Criterion

Line to line 2 Ω ±1 kV Performance


B criterion

Line to 12 Ω ±2 kV Performance
ground B criterion

– These conform to IEC 61000-4-5 standard.

� When the waveform of the waveform generator is set to 1.2


μs/50 μs or 8 μs/20 μs, lightning surge immunity indexes
of AC power supply are shown in Table 197.

TABLE 197 LIGHTNING SURGE IMMUNITY INDEXES OF AC POWER


SUPPLY

Test Mode Internal Test Voltage Judge


Resistance Criterion

Line to line 2 Ω ±4 kV Performance


B criterion

Line to 12 Ω ±6 kV Performance
ground B criterion

– These conform to IEC 61000-4-5 standard.

� Signal Cable Surge Immunity


� When the waveform of the waveform generator is set to 10
μs/700 μs, urge immunity indexes of outdoor signal cable
are shown in Table 198.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 257


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 198 SURGE IMMUNITY INDEXES OF OUTDOOR SIGNAL CABLE

Test Mode Internal Test Voltage Judge


Resistance Criterion

Line to 40 Ω ±2 kV Performance
ground B criterion

� When the waveform of the waveform generator is set to 1.2


μs/50 μs or 8 μs/20 μs, surge immunity indexes of signal
cable longer than 10 m are shown in Table 199.

TABLE 199 SURGE IMMUNITY INDEXES OF SIGNAL CABLE LONGER


THAN 10 M

Test Mode Internal Test Voltage Judge


Resistance Criterion

Line to 42 Ω ±1 kV Performance
ground B criterion

CS (Conducted When the test frequency is set to 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz, CS immu-
Susceptibility) nity indexes are shown in Table 200.
Immunity
TABLE 200 CS IMMUNITY INDEXES

Test Intensity Amplitude Judge Criterion


Modulation

3 V 80%AM (1 kHz) Performance A


criterion

– These conform to IEC61000-4-6 standard.

Voltage Dip and Voltage dip and short interruption immunity indexes on AC power
Short Interruption port are shown in Table 201.
Immunity
TABLE 201 AC VOLTAGE DIP AND SHORT INTERRUPTION IMMUNITY
INDEXES

Voltage Reduction Duration (ms) Judge Criterion


Rate

>95% 50 Performance B
criterion

30% 500 Performance C


criterion

>95% 5000 Performance C


criterion

– These conform to IEC 61000-3-2 and IEC 61000-3-3 standards.

Voltage dip and short interruption immunity indexes on DC power


port are shown in Table 202.

258 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

TABLE 202 DC VOLTAGE DIP AND SHORT INTERRUPTION IMMUNITY


INDEXES

Index Voltage Duration Extra Judge


Change (ms) Condition Criterion

Voltage dip 70% 0.01 - Perform-


ance B cri-
terion

1 - Perform-
ance C cri-
terion

40% 0.01 - Perform-


ance B cri-
terion

1 - Perform-
ance C cri-
terion

Voltage 0 0.001 High Perform-


short impedance ance B cri-
interruption (lab terion
generator
5 output Perform-
impedance) ance C cri-
terion

0 0.001 High Perform-


impedance ance B cri-
(lab terion
generator
5 output Perform-
impedance) ance C cri-
terion

Voltage 80% 0.1 - Perform-


change ance A cri-
terion

10 - Perform-
ance A cri-
terion

120% 0.1 - Perform-


ance A cri-
terion

10 - Perform-
ance A cri-
terion

– These are only applicable to DC power supply (provided with RPWD2 power
module) and conform to IEC 61000-4-11 standard.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 259


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Voltage Voltage fluctuation immunity indexes on AC power port are shown


Fluctuation and in Table 203.
Flicker Immunity
TABLE 203 AC VOLTAGE FLUCTUATION IMMUNITY INDEXES

Voltage Reduction Duration (ms) Judge Criterion


Rate

95% 10 Performance B
criterion

30% 500 Performance C


criterion

95% 5000 Performance C


criterion

– These conform to IEC 61000-3-2 and IEC 61000-3-3 standards.

15.6.3 Interference Performances

Interference performances include conducted emission and radi-


ated emission. The indexes conform to Class A requirements spec-
ified by CISPR22.
Conducted � DC/AC Power Port
Emission
Conducted emission indexes of DC/AC power port are shown
in Table 204.

TABLE 204 CONDUCTED EMISSION INDEXES OF DC/AC POWER PORT

Test Frequency Voltage Range (dBμV)


(MHz)
Quasi-Peak Mean Value

0.15 to 0.50 79 66

0.50 to 30.00 73 60

� Telecom Port
Conducted emission indexes of telecom port are shown in Table
205.

TABLE 205 CONDUCTED EMISSION INDEXES OF TELECOM PORT

Test Frequency Voltage Range (dBμV)


(MHz)
Quasi-Peak Mean Value

0.15 to 0.50 97 to 87 84 to 74

0.50 to 30.00 87 74

Radiated Emission Technical indexes of radiation field intensity are shown in Table
206.

260 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

TABLE 206 RADIATION FIELD INTENSITY INDEXES

Test Frequency Quasi-Peak Limit (dBμV/m)


(MHz)
Test distance: 10 m Test distance: 3 m

30 to 230 40 50

230 to 1000 47 57

15.7 Reliability Indexes


reliability indexes are shown in Table 207.

TABLE 207 RELIABILITY INDEXES

Item Indicator Requirement

System reliability 99.999%

MTTR Less than 0.5 hours

MTBF No less than 400000 hours

15.8 Safety Authentication


satisfies the safety requirements for the appearance, components,
and materials.
� The edges and corners of the equipment are burnished without
sharp edge, angle or burr on the structure. complies with the
following safety requirements.

TABLE 208 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Standard Content

Q/ZX 23.023–2005 5.13 Crash Test


Communication
Equipment Safety 5.14 Drop Test
Test Requirement
5.15 Shell Stress Release Test

5.15 Power Cord Stress Elimination Test

� The critical components and materials comply with the re-


quirements of component and material specified in “Q/ZX
23.023–2005 Communication Equipment Safety Test Require-
ment”.
The safety requirements for commonly used components and
materials are described in Table 209.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 261


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

TABLE 209 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMONLY USED COMPONENTS


AND MATERIALS

Material Requirement

Ground cable Yellow-green

L&N wires L wire: brown


N wire: blue

Material The material should have better fireproof


fireproof performance than UL94V-0 (plastic material) or
requirement HF-1 (foaming material).
The materials not satisfying the fireproof
requirement of NEBS need to be specifically
evaluated during the selection.
The most critical materials, such as PCB and
insulated rubber sheet, need the UL yellow
certificate.

Safety devices The power supply, power supply module,


complying with optical module, connector, security specification
UL or European capacitance, EMI filter, voltage absorption
standard, component, power component, fan, fuse,
and providing optical coupler, electromagnetic relay,
related temperature component, switch, insulated
certificates material, transformer/inductance, cable, optical
device, plastic shell and its label, and Printed
Circuit Board (PCB) should comply with the
requirements of the related IEC/EN/GB/UL
standards, and should pass the related
authentications.

15.9 Standards & Recommendati


ons
conforms to the following standards and recommendations, as
shown in Table 210.

TABLE 210 STANDARDS & RECOMMENDATIONS LIST

Recommendation Description
(Standard)

IET-F RFC1661 Point-to-Point Protocol

IET-F RFC1990 Multilink PPP

IET-F RFC2686 Multi-Class Extension to Multi-Link PPP

IET-F RFC3916 Requirements for PWE3

IET-F RFC3985 PWE3 Architecture

IET-F RFC4026 Provider Provisioned Virtual Private Network (VPN)


Terminology

262 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

Recommendation Description
(Standard)

IET-F RFC4446 IANA Allocations for Pseudowire Edge to Edge Emulation


(PWE3)

IET-F RFC4448 Encapsulation Methods for Transport of Ethernet Over MPLS


Networks

IET-F RFC4553 Using Packet to Transport TDM Service with Unknown


Structure

IET-F RFC4664 L2VPN Architecture

IET-F RFC4665 Requirements for L2VPN

IET-F RFC4717 Encapsulation Methods for Transport of ATM Over MPLS


Networks

IET-F RFC4816 ATM cell transparent transmission service

IET-F Draft-PWE3–Cesopsn TDM Circuit Emulation Service with Unknown Structure over
Packet Switch Network

ITU-T G0.703 Physical/Electrical Characteristics Of Hierarchical Digital


Interfaces

ITU-T G0.704 Synchronous Frame Structures Used at 1544, 6312, 2048,


8448, and 44736kbit/s Hierarchical Levels

ITU-T G0.706 Frame Alignment and Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)


Procedures Relating to Basic Frame Structures Defined in
Recommendation G.704

ITU-T G0.707 Network Node Interface (V2003) for the Synchronous Digital
Hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G0.773 Protocol Suites for Q Interfaces for Management of


Transmission Systems

ITU-T G0.774 SDH Information Model for the Network Element View

ITU-T G.774.01 SDH Performance Monitoring for Network Element View

ITU-T G.7740.02 SDH Configuration of the Payload Structure For the Network
Element View

ITU-T G.7740.03 SDH Management of Multiplex-Section Protection for the


Network Element View

ITU-T G.7740.05 SDH Connection Monitoring for the Network Element View

ITU-T G.7740.06 SDH Unidirectional Performance Monitoring for the Network


Element View

ITU-T G.7740.07 SDH Low-Order Path Trace and Interface Tag Management
for the Network Element View

ITU-T G0.7041 Generic Framing Procedure

ITU-T G0.7042 Virtual Cascade Signal Link Capacity Adjustment Method

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 263


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Recommendation Description
(Standard)

ITU-T G0.780 Vocabulary of Terms for Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)


Networks and Equipment

ITU-T G0.783 Characteristics of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)


Equipment Functional Blocks

ITU-T G0.784 Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) Management

ITU-T G0.803 Architecture of Transport Networks Based on the Synchronous


Digital Hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G0.805 Generic Functional Architecture of Transport Networks

ITU-T G0.810 Terms and Definitions for Synchronous Digital Hierarchy


(SDH) Networks

ITU-T G0.811 Timing Characteristics of Primary Reference Clocks

ITU-T G0.812 Timing Characteristics of SDH Node Slave Clocks

ITU-T G0.813 Timing Characteristics of Slave Clocks Suitable for Operation


in SDH Equipment

ITU-T G0.823 The Control of Jitter and Wander Within Digital Networks
Which are Based on the 2048 kbit/s Hierarchy

ITU-T G0.825 The Control of Jitter and Wander Within Digital Networks
Which are Based on the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G0.826 Error Performance Parameters and Objectives for


International, Constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the
Primary Rate

ITU-T G0.831 Management Capabilities of Transport Networks Based on the


Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G0.832 Transport of SDH Elements on SDH Networks - Frame and


Multiplexing Structures

ITU-T G0.841 Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection


Architectures

ITU-T G0.842 Interworking of SDH Network Protection Architectures

ITU-T G0.957 Optical Interfaces for Equipment and Systems Relating to the
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G0.958 Digital Line Systems Based on the Synchronous Digital


Hierarchy for Use on Optical Fibre Cables

ITU-T G0.8101 Terms and Definitions for Transport MPLS

ITU-T G0.81100.1 Architecture of Transport MPLS (MPLS-TP) Layer Network

ITU-T G0.8112 Transport MPLS Hierarchy Interfaces

ITU-T G0.8113 Requirement for OAM Functionality in MPLS Networks

ITU-T G0.8114 OAM Mechanism in MPLS-TP Networks

264 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

Recommendation Description
(Standard)

ITU-T G0.8121 Characteristics of Transport MPLS Equipment

ITU-T G0.8131 Linear Protection Switching for Transport MPLS (MPLS-TP)


Networks

ITU-T G0.8132 Shared Protection Ring

ITU-T G0.8261 Timing and Synchronization Aspects in Packet Networks

ITU-T G0.8262 Timing Characteristics of SDH Equipment Slave Clocks (SEC)

ITU-T I.361 B-ISDN ATM Layer Specification

ITU-T K.41 Resistibility of Internal Interfaces of Telecommunication


Centers to Surge Overvoltages

ITU-T M.20 Maintenance Philosophy for Telecommunication Networks

ITU-T M.2100 Performance Limits for Bringing-into-Service and Maintenance


of International PDH Paths, Sections and Transmission
Systems

MEF 2 Requirements and Framework for Ethernet Service Protection


in Metro Ethernet Networks

MEF 4 Metro Ethernet Network Architecture Framework-part 1:


Generic Framework

MEF 6.1 Metro Ethernet Services Definitions Phase 2

MEF 7 EMS-NMS Information Model

MEF 8 Specification of Transmitting PDH Circuit Emulation Services


over Metro Ethernet Network

MEF 9 Test Suite for Ethernet Services at the UNI

MEF 10.1 Ethernet Services Attributes Phase 2

MEF 11 UNI Requirements and Framework

MEF 13 User Network Interface (UNI) Type 1 Implementation


Agreement

MEF 14 Test Suite for Traffic Management Phase 1

MEF 18 Test Suite for Circuit Emulation Services

MEF 19 Test Suite for UNI Type 1

MEF 21 Test Suite for UNI Type 2 Part 1: Link OAM

ITU-T M.2101 Performance Limits and Objectives for Bringing-into-Service


and Maintenance of International SDH Paths and Multiplex
Sections

ITU-T M.2120 PDH Path, Section and Transmission System and SDH Path and
Multiplex Section Fault Detection and Localization Procedures

ITU-T M.3010 Principles for a Telecommunications Management Network

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 265


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

Recommendation Description
(Standard)

ITU-T M.3400 TMN Management Functions

ITU-T Q.811 Lower Layer Protocol Profiles for the Q3 Interface

ITU-T Q0.812 Upper Layer Protocol Profiles for the Q3 Interface

ITU-T Y.1413 TDM-MPLS Network Internetworking-User Interoperation

ITU-T Y.1731 Ethernet OAM Functions and Mechanisms

ITU-T I.432.2 B-ISDN User Network Interface–Physical Layer Specification


for 155520 kbit/s and 622080 kbit/s

ITU-T I.432.3 B-ISDN User Network Interface–Physical Layer Specification


for -1544kbit/s and 2048 kbit/s

ITU-T I.761 Inverse multiplexing over ATM (IMA)

IEEE 802.3 Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection


(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications

IEEE 802.1ad Virtual Bridge Local Area Network

IEEE 802.1ag Virtual Bridge Local Area Network-Connectivity Fault


Management (CFM)

IEEE 802.3ah User Access Network MAC Parameter, Physical Layer


Parameters and Management Parameters

IEEE 1588v2 Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked


Measurement and Control Systems

YDN 099-1998 Optical Synchronous Transmission Network Technology


System

YD/T 1238-2000 Technical Requirements for SDH Multi-Service Transport


Platform

YD 5083-1999 Interim Provisions for Test of Anti-seismic Performances of


Power Supply Equipment for Telecommunications

GB 4943 Information Equipment Security Standards

GB 9254 Information Technology Equipment – Radio Disturbance


Characteristics – Limits and Methods of Measurement

GB/T 2423 Basic Environmental Testing Procedures for Electric and


Electronic Products

GB/T 4796-1984 Classification of Environmental Parameters and Their


Severities of Electric and Electronic Products

GB 7247.1-2001 Safety of laser Product Part 1: Equipment Classification,


Requirements and User's Guide

GB/T 17618-1998 Information Technology Equipment – Immunity Characteristics


– Limits and Methods of Measurement

266 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 15 Technical Performances

Recommendation Description
(Standard)

GB 17625.1 The Limits for the Harmonic Current Emissions Caused by


Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipments (Equipment
Input Current≤16A per Phase)

GB 17625.2 Electromagnetic Compatibility -Limitation of Voltage


Fluctuations and Flicker in Low-Voltage Supply Systems for
Equipment with Rated Current≤16A

GB/Z 17625.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility -Limitation of Voltage


Fluctuations and Flicker in Low-Voltage Supply Systems for
Equipment with Rated Current>16A

GB/T 17626.2 Electromagnetic Compatibility-Testing and Measurement


Techniques-Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test

GB/T 17626.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility-Testing and Measurement


Techniques-Radiated, Radio-Frequency, Electromagnetic Field
Immunity Test

GB/T 17626.4 Electromagnetic Compatibility-Testing and Measurement


Techniques-Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity Test

GB/T 17626.5 Electromagnetic Compatibility-Testing and Measurement


Techniques-Surge Immunity Test

GB/T 17626.6 Electromagnetic Compatibility-Testing and Measurement


Techniques-Immunity to Conducted Disturbances Included by
Radio-Frequency Fields

GB/T 17626.8 Electromagnetic Compatibility-Testing and Measurement


Techniques-Power Frequency Magnetic Field Immunity Test

GB/T 17626.11 Electromagnetic Compatibility-Testing and Measurement


Techniques-Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions and Voltage
Variations Immunity Test

GJB/Z 299B-1998 Reliability Prediction of Electronic Equipment

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 267


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

This page is intentionally blank.

268 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 16 Networking
Applications and
Configurations

After you have completed this chapter, you will know:


>> Networking Capability
>> Network Topology
>> Networking Application
>> Integrated Service Application

16.1 Networking Capability


is applicable for the convergence layer and the core layer of
Metro-E and mobile Backhaul services. Therefore, it can compose
network with ZXCTN 6200/6300 in the convergence layer and
with ZXCTN 9008 in the core layer.
has strong networking capability, supporting networking of TDM,
ATM and Ethernet services. It can access, process, and transport
various services.

16.2 Network Topology


Point-to-Point Point-to-point network applies to inter-office trunk, or communica-
Network tion between enterprise branches. A point-to-point network com-
posed of is shown in Figure 95.

FIGURE 95 POINT-TO-POINT NETWORK EXAMPLE

Chain Network Chain network applies to communication network where services


are distributed in chains, as well as to the chain-shape branch
networks. The chain network composed of is shown in Figure 96.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 269


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 96 CHAIN NETWORK EXAMPLE

Ring Network Ring network applies to the network where distributed NEs can
form a ring. As line interfaces of the ring network feature self-
closure, services on the ring can be transmitted end-to-end in two
directions (eastward and westward). Therefore, the network has
strong viability and services can be self-healing.
A self-healing ring composed of supports the following protection
modes: MPLS-TP ring network protection, Ethernet ring network
protection, or SDH ring network protection. A ring network com-
posed of is shown in Figure 97.

FIGURE 97 RING NETWORK EXAMPLE

Star Network Star network is composed of central node and all sites that are
connected with central node by point-to-point communication link.
Star networking has a simple structure and is easy to manage,
maintain and control. Network construction is convenient, net-
work delay and transmission deviation are small. However, its cost
is high, reliability is low, and it provides a poor resource sharing
capability. A star network composed of is shown in Figure 98.

270 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 16 Networking Applications and Configurations

FIGURE 98 STAR NETWORK EXAMPLE

MESH Network MESH network is also called distributed network. It is composed


of interconnected nodes that distribute at different sites and have
multiple terminals. Any node in the network is connected with
at least two routes. When one route gets faulty, services can be
switched to the other route, thus providing high reliability. A MESH
network composed of is shown in Figure 99.

FIGURE 99 MESH NETWORK EXAMPLE

Hybrid Network � Hybrid network applies to capacity expansion or interconnec-


tion of existing PTN network. can work with other ZTE PTN
devices and data devices to compose hybrid network. In such
a hybrid network, all the devices can be managed by a unified
Network Management System (NMS).
� In the hybrid network where works together with devices of
other manufacturers, the OAM function can be applied to trans-
mit NMS data so that the NMS can centrally manage and mon-
itor the hybrid network.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 271


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

16.3 Networking Application


16.3.1 TDM Service Networking
Application

provides channelized STM-1 optical interface and E1/T1 interface


to implement the transmissions of SDH networking at convergence
layer or core layer, TDM STM-1 service, E1 service, and T1 service.
Figure 100 shows a typical TDM service networking diagram.

FIGURE 100 TDM SERVICE NETWORKING APPLICATION DIAGRAM

16.3.2 ATM Service Networking


Application

supports non-channelized ATM STM-1 optical interface function to


implement access of ATM STM-1 service.
Figure 101 shows a typical ATM service networking diagram. New
communication lines between NE1, NE2, NE3 and NE4 are created.
Nodes of NE2 and NE3 are connected to ATM STM-1 services sep-
arately. User service is aggregated to ATM switch of central node
NE1 through PTN network.

272 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 16 Networking Applications and Configurations

FIGURE 101 ATM SERVICE NETWORKING APPLICATION DIAGRAM

16.3.3 Ethernet Service Networking


Applications

As the carrier-class Ethernet transmission device, has the following


features;
� Providing accesses of various Ethernet services.
� EPL service
� EVPL service
� EPLAN service
� EVPLAN service
� EPTREE service
� EVPTREE service
� It provides corresponding traffic monitoring, QoS, OAM and
protection functions according to exact demands.

16.3.3.1 EPL Networking Application

EPL has two service access points, used to transmit Ethernet MAC
frames of user point-to-point transparently. Each EPL service can
contain one Customer Interface Point (CIP) and one Virtual Inter-
face Point (VIP) respectively on source node and sink node. EPL
services are carried on private tunnels. Different services cannot
share UNI interface, CIP, VIP, PW and tunnel. L2 switching func-
tion and MAC learning capability are not needed for point-to-point
transmission.
Figure 102 shows a typical EPL service networking application.
Ethernet service FE between users CE1 and CE2 are transparently
transmitted through PTN devices NE1 and NE10 and intermediate
sites NE2, NE4, NE5, NE6, NE7 and NE9.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 273


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 102 EPL SERVICE NETWORKING APPLICATION DIAGRAM

16.3.3.2 EVPL Networking Application

The essential difference between EVPL and EPL lies in that as for
the former, different services can share the same UNI port. There-
fore, VLAN ID or other mechanisms shall be used to distinguish
data of different users. Each EVPL service contains one CIP and
one VIP on source node and sink node. Different services cannot
share CIP, VIP and PW. Tunnel can be shared or used exclusively
in service transmission. To provide different service qualities to
different users, it needs to adopt corresponding QoS mechanism.
EVPL is also a point-to-point service.
Figure 103 shows a typical EVPL service networking diagram.
Services FE1 and FE2 between users CE1 and CE2 are accessed
through UNI ports of PE nodes NE1 and NE10. FE1 and FE2 are
isolated through VLAN's, allocated with exclusively used CIPs,
VIPs and PWs, and transmitted through tunnel between NE2,
NE4, NE5, NE6, NE7 and NE9.

274 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 16 Networking Applications and Configurations

FIGURE 103 EVPL SERVICE NETWORKING APPLICATION DIAGRAM

16.3.3.3 EPLAN Networking Application

EPLAN belongs to multipoint-to-multipoint Ethernet service. Two


or more points are involved for service connectivity. Each EPVLAN
service can contain multiple CIP's and VIP's on source node and
sink node. EPVLAN services are carried on private tunnels. Differ-
ent services cannot share UNI interface, CIP, VIP, PW and tunnel.
Since multiple nodes are involved, it is needed to forward data
based on MAC addresses and thus MAC learning function and L2
switching capability are necessary.
Figure 104 shows a typical EPLAN service networking diagram.
Exclusive UNI ports are used on PE nodes NE1, NE2 and NE11 for
FE1 service among users CE1, CE2 and CE3. 1 CIP and 2 VIP's
are enabled on each PE node. PW and tunnel are exclusively used
in transmission. FE2 service among users CE1, CE2 and CE3 is
similar to FE1 service except for different UNI port, CIP, VIP, PW
and tunnel.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 275


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 104 EPLAN SERVICE NETWORKING APPLICATION DIAGRAM

16.3.3.4 EVPLAN Networking Application

From the point of view of user, EVPLAN makes carrier network look
like one LAN. The essential difference between EPLAN and EVPLAN
services is that as for the former, UNI port can be shared and tun-
nel can be shared or used exclusively in service transmission. EV-
PLAN owns specific bandwidth attribute, protection attribute and
availability attribute, as well as MAC learning capability and data
forwarding capability.
Figure 105 shows a typical EVPLAN service networking diagram.
Services FE1 and FE2 between users CE1, CE2 and CE3 are ac-
cessed through UNI ports of PE nodes NE1, NE2 and NE11. FE1
and FE2 are isolated through VLAN's, allocated with exclusively
used CIPs, VIPs and PWs, and transmitted through the same tun-
nel, thus implementing isolation of services FE1 and FE2.

276 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 16 Networking Applications and Configurations

FIGURE 105 EVPLAN SERVICE NETWORKING APPLICATION DIAGRAM

16.3.3.5 EPTREE Networking Application

EPTREE is a point-to-multipoint service. Two or more points are


involved for service connectivity. In the topology structure, multi-
ple point-to-point connections converge on one Ethernet physical
interface of a central node. Where central node is the root node
and other nodes are leaf nodes. Leaf node can only communicate
with root node and leaf nodes cannot intercommunicate. Each EP-
TREE service can contain multiple CIP's and VIP's on source node
and sink node. EPVLAN services are carried on private tunnels.
Different services cannot share UNI interface, CIP, VIP, PW and
tunnel. L2 switching function and MAC learning capability are not
needed for point-to-point transmission.
Figure 106 shows a typical EPTREE service networking application.
Services FE of users CE1 and CE2 converge on core switch NE5
through PTN network. On convergence node NE5, CIP port is the
root node and ports VIP1 and VIP2 are leaf nodes. On NE1 and
NE10, CIP port is the root node and VIP port is leaf node.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 277


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

FIGURE 106 EPTREE SERVICE NETWORKING APPLICATION DIAGRAM

16.3.3.6 EVPTREE Networking Application

Services FE of users CE1 and CE2 converge on core switch NE5


through PTN network. On convergence node NE5, CIP port is the
root node and ports VIP1 and VIP2 are leaf nodes. On NE1 and
NE10, CIP port is the root node and VIP port is leaf node.
Figure 107 shows a typical EVPTREE service networking applica-
tion. Services FE1 and FE2 of users CE1 and CE2 converge on core
switch NE5 through PTN network. Services FE1 of users CE1 and
CE2 converge on UNI port of NE5 and services FE2 of users CE1
and CE2 converge on UNI port of NE5. On convergence node NE5,
CIP1和CIP2 of NE5 are used as root node and VIP1, VIP2, VIP3 and
VIP4 are used as leaf nodes. On NE1 and NE10, ports CIP1 and
CIP2 are used as root node and ports VIP1 and VIP2 are used as
leaf nodes. Services are isolated through VLAN tags on UNI port.

278 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 16 Networking Applications and Configurations

FIGURE 107 EVPTREE SERVICE NETWORKING APPLICATION DIAGRAM

16.4 Integrated Service Application


16.4.1 Mobile Backhaul

ZTE ZXCTN series products provide overall solution to wireless net-


work from access layer to convergence layer. It can be used in evo-
lution process of mobile network, that is transmission networking
between base station and base station controller. ZXCTN series
products provide various interfaces (Ethernet interface, POS in-
terface, ATM STM-1 interface, channelized STM-1 interface, E1/T1
interface). ZXCTN series products take general packet exchanging
as the core, support multiple services, implement efficient trans-
mission, and meet bearing demands of mobile Backhaul.
ZTE ZXCTN series products provide perfect mobile Backhaul appli-
cation solutions, including
� Comprehensive application scheme at 3G network initial stage
� Comprehensive application scheme at 3G network middle and
later stage
� Comprehensive application scheme at LTE (Long Term Evolu-
tion) network stage

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 279


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

16.4.1.1 Application at 3G Network Initial Stage

At 3G network initial stage, since a number of 2G network base


stations still carry main mobile services, 2G network and 3G net-
work exist at the same time, voice service is the most popular, and
the traffic of base station downstream services is low.
Application Comprehensive application of ZXCTN series products at 3G net-
Scheme work initial stage is shown in Figure 108.

FIGURE 108 APPLICATION AT 3G NETWORK INITIAL STAGE

Application Application at 3G network initial stage has the following features:


Features
� The unified carrier platform integrates multiple services, sup-
ports multi-service interfaces and is compatible with 2G ser-
vices, thus ensuring smooth evolution of network and reducing
CAPEX (Capital Expenditure).
� The application provides SDH network reliability, supports
point-to-point OAM and protection, shows high QoS/SLA (Ser-
vice Level Agreement) support, and reduces OPEX (Operating
Expense).
� It supports to synchronous Ethernet (G.8261) and IEEE 1588
V2 clock synchronization technology.
� Planning and configuration of access layer network and dis-
tribution layer network can be flexibly selected: VLAN+VLAN
mode, VLAN+T-MPLS mode, T-MPLS+T-MPLS mode, VLAN+L2
VPN and so on.
� Newly setup network can work together with traditional net-
work, meeting user's requirement of deploying 3G service
rapidly.

280 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 16 Networking Applications and Configurations

16.4.1.2 Application at 3G Network Middle and Later Stage

At middle and later stage of 3G network, 2G network exits appli-


cations gradually. 3G network is widely deployed and Long Time
Evolution (LTE) network is deployed a bit. Main service in mobile
network changes from voice service to data service+voice service.
Backhaul data traffic brought by Mobile Broadband (MB) make
base station downstream service traffic increase rapidly.
Application Comprehensive application of ZXCTN series products at 3G net-
Scheme work middle and later stage is shown in Figure 109.

FIGURE 109 APPLICATION AT 3G NETWORK MIDDLE AND LATER STAGE

Application Application at 3G network middle and later stage has the following
Features features:
� The unified carrier platform integrates multiple services and
supports multi-service interfaces.
� The application provides SDH network reliability, supports
point-to-point OAM and protection, shows high QoS/SLA
support, and reduces Operating Expenditure (OPEX).
� It supports to synchronous Ethernet (G.8261) and IEEE 1588
V2 clock synchronization technology.
� It meets the demand to bandwidth for deploying HSDPA (High
Speed Downlink Packet Access) service at middle and later
stage of 3G network.
� Planning and configuration of access layer network and dis-
tribution layer network can be flexibly selected: VLAN+VLAN
mode, VLAN+T-MPLS mode, T-MPLS+T-MPLS mode, VLAN+L2
VPN and so on.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 281


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� It supports to smoothly update and upload dynamic signaling


control plane and L3 function.
� It meets user's requirement of deploying 3G service rapidly.

16.4.1.3 Application at LTE Network Stage

At LTE network stage, with shrink of 3G network and wide deploy-


ment of LTE network, mobile network structure gets flat gradu-
ally. Meanwhile, broad bandwidth of services in mobile network is
more obvious and downstream service traffic of mobile base sta-
tion reaches 100M or more.
Application Comprehensive application of ZXCTN series products at LTE net-
Scheme work stage is shown in Figure 110.

FIGURE 110 APPLICATION AT LTE NETWORK STAGE

Application Application at LTE network stage has the following features:


Features
� It meets the characteristics of flat LTE network in logic, adapts
to LTE service bearing, and meanwhile is completely compati-
ble with 3G services.
� It implements function distribution for LTE service network
and P2P characteristics, and supports L3 function and flexible
scheduling of X2 and S1.
� It supports L1/L2/L3 function, meets the demand of carrying
full services, and implements FMC (Fixed Mobile Convergence).
� The application provides SDH network reliability, supports
point-to-point OAM and protection, shows high QoS/SLA
support, and reduces OPEX.

282 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Chapter 16 Networking Applications and Configurations

� It supports to synchronous Ethernet (G.8261) and IEEE 1588


V2 clock synchronization technology.
� Planning and configuration of access layer network and dis-
tribution layer network can be flexibly selected: VLAN+VLAN
mode, VLAN+T-MPLS mode, T-MPLS+T-MPLS mode, VLAN+L2
VPN and so on.
� It owns special signaling control plane, which make configura-
tion of network and OAM more flexible.

16.4.2 FMC

With increasing of communication demand and hot-up of market


competition, FMC is the inevitable trend of communication indus-
try. ZXCTN series products support to integrate FMC in bearer
network.
Application The comprehensive application of ZXCTN series products in Fixed
Scheme Mobile Convergence (FMC) is shown in Figure 111.

FIGURE 111 FMC APPLICATION

Application FMC application has the following features:


Features
� The unified carrier platform integrates multiple services and
supports multi-service interfaces.
� It provides voice-based FMC and implements integration of
fixed network and 2G/3G.
� It provides full IP-based FMC application and implements full-IP
Multimedia Subsystem (IMS)
� The application provides SDH network reliability, supports
point-to-point OAM and protection, shows high QoS/SLA
support, and reduces OPEX.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 283


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

� It supports to synchronous Ethernet (G.8261) and IEEE 1588


V2 clock synchronization technology.

284 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Glossary

3G
The 3rd Generation Mobile Communications
ACL
Access Control List
AIS
Alarm Indication Signal
AMI
AlternateMark Inversion
APC
Automatic Power Control
ASON
Automatically Switched Optical Network
ATM
Asynchronous Transfer Mode
B8ZS
Bipolar with 8-Zero Substitution
BBE
Background Block Error
BITS
Building Integrated Timing Supply
BMC
Best Master Clock
CAPEX
Capital Expenditure
CCM
Communication Control Module
CE
Customer Edge
CES
Circuit Emulation Service
CLI
Command Line Interface
CSF
Client Signal Failure
DM
Delay Measurement
DSCP
Differentiated Services Code Point
EMC
Electromagnetic Compatibility
EMI
Electromagnetic Interference

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 285


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

EPL
Ethernet Private Line
EPLAN
Ethernet Private LAN
ES
Errored Second
ESD
Electrostatic Discharge
ETS
European Telecommunication Standard
EUT
Equipment Under Test
EVPL
Ethernet Virtual Private Line
EVPLAN
Ethernet Virtual Private LAN
FE
Fast Ethernet
FEB
Floor Equipotential earthing terminal Board
FMC
Fixed Mobile Convergence
FR
Frame Relay
FTP
File Transfer Protocol
GPS
Global Positioning System
GUI
Graphical User Interface
H-QoS
Hierarchical-QoS
HDB3
High Density Bipolar of order 3
HSDPA
High Speed Downlink Packet Access
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IP
Internet Protocol
IPTV
Internet Protocol Television
L2
Layer 2
L3

286 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Glossary

Layer 3
LACP
Link Aggregation Control Protocol
LAG
Link Aggregation Group
LED
Light Emitting Diode
LM
Loss Measurement
LOF
Loss Of Frame
LOS
Loss Of Signal
LSP
Label Switched Path
LST
Link Status Transport
LTE
Long Term Evolution
LTE
Long Time Evolution
MAC
Medium Access Control
MEF
Metro Ethernet Forum
MEP
MEG End Point
MET
Main Earthing Terminal
MODEM
Modulator-Demodulator
MPLS
Multiprotocol Label Switching
MPLS-TP
Multi-Protocol Label Switching Transport Profile
MS
Multiplex Section
MSAG
Multi-Service Access Gateway
MSAN
Multi-Service Access Network
MSTP
Multi-Service Transport Platform
MSTP
Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
MTBF
Mean Time Between Failures

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 287


ZXCTN 9004 Product Introduction Training Manual

MTTR
Mean Time To Recovery
NGN
Next Generation Network
NMS
Network Management System
OAM
Operation, Administration and Maintenance
OPEX
Operating Expenditure
OTN
Optical Transport Network
PJC+
Positive Pointer Justification Count
PJC-
Negative Pointer Justification Count
POS
Packet Over SONET/SDH
PTN
Packet Transport Network
PW
Pseudo Wire
PWE3
Pseudo Wire Emulation Edge-to-Edge
QoS
Quality of Service
RAI
Remote Alarm Indication
RDI
Remote Defect Indication
SD
Signal Degrade
SDH
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SES
Severely Errored Second
SLA
Service Level Agreement
SMCC
Sub-network Management Control Center
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol
SSF
Server Signal Failure
SSM
Synchronization Status Message
STM

288 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Glossary

Synchronous Transport Module


T-MPLS
Transport Multi-Protocol Label Switching
TCM
Tandem Connection Monitor
TDM
Time Division Multiplexing
TF
Transmit Fail
TMP
T-MPLS Path
TMS
T-MPLS Section
ToS
Type of Service
UAS
Unavailable Second
UNI
User Network Interface
USB
Universal Serial Bus
VCI
Virtual Channel Identifier
VLAN
Virtual Local Area Network
VOD
Video On Demand
VPI
Virtual Path Identifier
VPN
Virtual Private Network
VoIP
Voice over Internet Protocol
WDM
Wavelength Division Multiplexing
XFP
10-Gigabit Samll Form-Factor Pluggable

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 289

Вам также может понравиться